CPC Definition - Subclass B29C

Last Updated Version: 2024.01
SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING (making preforms B29B 11/00; making laminated products by combining previously unconnected layers which become one product whose layers will remain together B32B 37/00 - B32B 41/00)
Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes and apparatus for:

  • shaping or joining of plastics;
  • shaping of material in a plastic state when a specific material is not identified;
  • shaping of material in a plastic state, not otherwise provided for.

Products obtained by processes provided for in this subclass, as long as the products are characterised by said processes.

Relationships with other classification places

Subclass B29C is often connected with the following areas:

  • B29B, related to preparation or pre-treatment of the material to be shaped, making granules or preforms, beyond recovery of plastics or other constituents of waste material containing plastics;
  • B29D, related to processes and apparatus for the production of particular articles characterised by their global structure, e.g. flat, hollow, or tubular articles, by their structural features, e.g. provided with screw threads, corrugations, grooves or projections, or by their purpose, e.g. buttons, optical elements, tyres or footwear. Attention should be paid to B29 note (3), i.e. classification according to production of particular articles in subclass B29D is restricted to:
  • aspects which are characteristic for the production of a particular article, and not classifiable in subclass B29B or B29C;
  • combined operations for making the particular article which are not fully classifiable in subclass B29C;B29C;
  • B32B, related to layered products (products built-up of strata of flat or non-flat, e.g. cellular or honeycomb form) as well as methods or apparatus for making layered products;
  • C08J, related to chemical aspects or features for treating, compounding, working-up or recovery of macromolecular substances not covered by subclasses C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H;
  • C08K, related to the use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances, or mixture thereof, as additives in composition of macromolecular compounds;
  • C08L, related to composition of organic macromolecular compounds, such as polysaccharides and derivate, rubbers and derivate, macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions involving or not carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, natural macromolecular compounds and derivatives.
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Making preforms

B29B 11/00

Methods or apparatus for laminating

B32B 37/00

Ancillary operations in connection with laminating processes

B32B 38/00

Layout of apparatus or plants for lamination processes

B32B 39/00

Arrangements for controlling or monitoring lamination processes

B32B 41/00

Application-oriented references

Examples of places where the subject matter of this place is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Moulding devices for producing toilet or cosmetic sticks

A45D 40/16

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Processing doughs

A21C

Processing meat

A22C

Working chocolate

A23G

Foundry moulding

B22C

Casting of Metals

B22D

Working metallic powder

B22F

Machine tools

B23

Grinding or polishing

B24

Machines, devices or processes for grinding or polishing of optical elements

B24B

Cutting work and details of apparatus related with

B26D

Means of perforating, punching, cutting-out, stamping-out and severing

B26F

Shaping clay or other ceramic compositions

B28B

Preparing clay and mixtures containing thereof

B28C

Presses in general

B30B

Extrusion presses

B30B 11/22

Making wound articles of paper, cardboard or material worded in a manner analogous to paper

B31C

Working glass

C03B

Preparation, chemical working-up and compositions of organic macromolecular compounds

C08

Candle making

C11C 5/02

Making soap

C11D 13/00

Manufacture of artificial filaments, threads, fibres, bristles or ribbons

D01D, D01F

Manufacture of articles from cellulosic fibrous suspensions or from papier-mâchè

D21J

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, the following rules must be applied:

  • The working of plastics is, as far as possible, classified primarily according to the particular shaping technique used in this subclass;
  •  Combined operations for making a particular article which are not fully classifiable in this subclass must be classified in subclass B29D.

Products per se are not classified in this subclass. However, if a product is characterised by the way it is produced and not by its structure or composition, the production method should be classified in this subclass.In this subclass:

  • repairing of articles shaped or produced by using techniques covered by this subclass or subclass B29D is classified in group B29C 73/00;
  • component parts, details, accessories or auxiliary operations which are applicable to more than one moulding technique are classified in groups B29C 31/00 - B29C 37/00;
  • component parts, details, accessories or auxiliary operations which are only applicable or only of use for one specific shaping technique are classified only in the relevant subgroups of groups B29C 39/00 - B29C 71/00.

In this subclass, it is desirable to add the indexing codes of subclasses B29K and/or B29L.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms or expressions are used with the meaning indicated:

A plastic

is a macromolecular compound or composition based on such a compound

In a plastic state

refers to a state in which the material is more or less easily deformable, locally or as a whole, by force in any direction, to assume and retain any desired shape.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents, the following abbreviations are often used:

Resins

Japanese patent applications usually refer to resins instead of plastics

Handling, e.g. feeding of the material to be shaped {, storage of plastics material before moulding; Automation, i.e. automated handling lines in plastics processing plants, e.g. using manipulators or robots (discharging moulded articles from the mould B29C 37/0003; storage of prepregs or SMC after impregnation or during ageing B29C 70/54; baling of rubber B29B 15/02)}
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Discharging moulded articles from the mould, using means operable from outside the mould between mould parts, e.g. robots

B29C 37/0007

Handling tyres or parts thereof, e.g. supplying, storing, conveying

B29D 30/0016

Building tyres; devices for transferring annular tyre components during the building-up stage, e.g. from the first stage to the second stage building drum

B29D 30/2607

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Feeding material to presses

B30B 15/30

Transport or storage devices

B65G

Measuring volume, volume flow, mass flow, or liquid level

G01F

{Handling tubes, e.g. transferring between shaping stations, loading on mandrels}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media0.png

media1.png

US-A-3,849,052

media2.png

US-A-3,890,079

media3.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Conditioning or physical treatment of the material to be shaped, by heating hollow bodies, e.g. tubes or profiles

B29B 13/024

Conditioning or physical treatment of the material to be shaped, by heating tube ends

B29B 13/025

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Blow-moulding; handling means, e.g. transfer, loading or discharging

B29C 49/4205

Shaping by bending of tubes

B29C 53/083

Shaping of tube ends; e.g. flanging, belling, closing. Apparatus therefor

B29C 57/00

Shaping tubes or blown tubular films; turning tubes inside out

B29C 67/0014

Producing tubular articles

B29D 23/00

{Arrangements for converting the motion of a material which is continuously fed to a working station in a stepwise motion}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media4.png

media5.png

media6.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping by thermoforming, handling means, e.g. transfer means, feeding means

B29C 51/261

Advancing webs in general

B65H 20/00

Advancing webs; by looping or like devices

B65H 20/24

{Handling moulds, e.g. between a mould store and a moulding machine (movable moulds B29C 33/34; for injection moulding B29C 45/1756)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

e.g. storing moulds;

e.g. clamping mould halves outside the machine,

e.g. using a clamp for transporting.

media7.jpg

media8.png

media9.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

- Moulds; mounting of moulds or moulds support plates

B29C 33/305

Movable moulds or cores, e.g. to or from the moulding station

B29C 33/34

Continuously movable moulds, in one direction, e.g. in a closed circuit

B29C 33/36

Injection moulding; handling of moulds or mould parts, e.g. mould changing means

B29C 45/1756

Devices holding, supporting, or positioning work or tools, of a kind normally removable from the machine

B23Q 3/00

Arrangements for handling work specially combined with or arranged in, or specially adapted for use in connection with, machine tools, e.g. for conveying, loading, positioning, discharging, sorting

B23Q 7/00

-Producing contact lenses; auxiliary operations, e.g. conveying moulds from a storage to the production line in an inert atmosphere

B29D 11/00125

Presses, loading or unloading of dies, platens or press rams

B30B 15/028

{Handling preformed parts, e.g. inserts (B29C 37/001 takes precedence; for injection moulding B29C 45/14008; for blow moulding B29C 49/2408; for thermoforming B29C 51/165)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media10.png

media11.png

media12.png

media13.png

media14.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping by casting; incorporating preformed parts or layers, e.g. casting around inserts or for coating articles

B29C 39/10

Compression moulding; incorporating preformed parts or layers, e.g. compression moulding around inserts or for coating articles

B29C 43/18

Foaming; incorporating or moulding on preformed parts, e.g. inserts, reinforcements

B29C 44/12

Injection moulding; incorporating preformed parts or layers; inserting articles into the mould

B29C 45/14008

Extrusion moulding; incorporating preformed parts or layers, e.g. extrusion moulding around inserts or for coating articles

B29C 48/15

Blow moulding; inserting labels or films into blow moulds, e.g. in-mould-labellers

B29C 49/2408

Thermoforming; lining or labelling

B29C 51/16

Dispensing from vessels, e.g. hoppers {(into a mould cavity B29C 31/04; large containers characterised by discharge means B65D 88/28, B65D 88/54)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media15.png

media16.png

media17.png

media18.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Injection moulding; feeding the material into the injection moulding apparatus, i.e. feeding the non-plastified material into the injection unit

B29C 45/18

Extrusion moulding, feeding the material to the extruder

B29C 48/285

Methods or devices for filling or emptying bunkers, hoppers, tanks or like containers

B60G65/30

Feeding {of the material to be moulded}, e.g. into a mould cavity {(B29C 39/08 takes precedence; using a material distribution system to two or more fixed injection moulds B29C 45/125)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media19.png

media20.png

media21.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping by casting; feeding the material into the mould

B29C 39/24

Shaping by coating; feeding the material on to the mould, core or other substrate

B29C 41/36

Shaping by casting; feeding the material into the mould

B29C 43/085

Compression moulding; feeding the material to the mould or the compression means

B29C 43/34

Foaming; feeding the material to be shaped

B29C 44/36

Injection moulding; feeding the material into the injection moulding apparatus, i.e. feeding the non-plastified material into the injection unit

B29C 45/18

Extrusion moulding; feeding the material to the extruder

B29C 48/285

Accessories for mixers, feed mechanisms

B01F 35/71

Producing lenses, machine for filling the moulds

B29D 11/00432

Feeding material in particulate or plastic state to moulding presses

B30B 15/302

{using filling or dispensing heads placed in closed moulds or in contact with mould walls (B29C 45/27 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media22.png

media23.png

media24.png

{using dispensing heads, e.g. extruders, placed over or apart from the moulds (positioning extruded preforms on conveyors B29C 31/085)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media25.png

media26.png

{with moving heads for distributing liquid or viscous material into the moulds}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media27.png

media28.png

media29.png

media30.png

{moving along predetermined circuits or distributing the material according to predetermined patterns}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media31.png

media32.png

media33.png

media34.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Apparatus in which liquid or other fluent material is projected, poured or allowed to flow on to the surface of the work; by relative movement according to a predetermined path

B05C 5/0216

{combined with moving moulds (B29C 31/044, B29C 31/048 take precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media35.png

media36.png

media37.png

{the material being severed at the dispensing head exit, e.g. as ring, drop or gob, and transported immediately into the mould, e.g. by gravity}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media38.png

media39.png

media40.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Compression moulding; for articles of definite length; using movable moulds with circular movement; the material being fed in a continuous form

B29C 43/085

Compression moulding; feeding the material to the mould or the compression means

B29C 43/34

in measured doses {, e.g. by weighting (feeding mixers with measured doses B01F 35/714, B01F 35/882, B29B 7/24, B29B 7/603)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media41.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Mixing, kneading; continuous, with mechanical mixing or kneading devices; feeding in measured doses, e.g. proportioning of several materials: B29B 7/603.

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Injection moulding; feeding the material into the injection moulding apparatus, i.e. feeding the non-plastified material into the injection unit; feeding measured doses

B29C 45/1808

{using stationary volumetric measuring chambers}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media42.png

{of the piston type}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media43.png

GB-2026378

media44.png

{using volumetric measuring chambers moving between a charging station and a discharge station}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media45.png

GB-2129363

media46.png

media47.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Apparatus requiring external operation and adapted at each repeated and indentical operation to measure and separate a predetermined volume of fluid or fluent solid material from a supply or container without regard to weight and to deliver it, with measuring chambers moved during operation

G01F 11/10

{using feed frames, e.g. for dry material}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media48.png

media49.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Feeding material in particulate or plastic state to moulding presses; by using feed frames or shoes with relative movements

B30B 15/304

For multi-layer articles

B30B 15/306

{of the piston type}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media50.png

GB-826,470

media51.png

of preforms {to be moulded, e.g. tablets, fibre reinforced preforms, extruded ribbons, tubes or profiles; Manipulating means specially adapted for feeding preforms, e.g. supports conveyors (B29C 31/066, B29C 37/001, B29C 43/085 take precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media52.png

media53.png

media54.png

{combined with positioning the preforms according to predetermined patterns, e.g. positioning extruded preforms on conveyors (B29C 70/30 takes precedence; for building tyres B29D 30/08)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media55.png

media56.png

FR-A-982.282

media57.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping composites; positioning reinforcements in a mould

B29C 70/54

of several materials
Definition statement

This place covers:

media58.png

media59.png

media60.png

media61.png

Moulds or cores; Details thereof or accessories therefor
Definition statement

This place covers:

Moulds or dies being the tool used to shape the plastic parts in moulding processes in its desired form. A mould typically comprises a cavity to shape a plastic part.

Rolls used in continuous moulding processes

Making of moulds

Designing moulds.

Relationships with other classification places

The scope of B29C 33/00 is limited to moulds for shaping substances being in a plastic state

Moulds for shaping other substances are not covered by this class, but by the class in their field of application

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Moulds for making tyres

B29D 30/0606

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds for pressure die casting

B22D 17/22

Moulds for shaping clay or other ceramic products

B28B 7/34

Special rules of classification

Moulds specific for a single moulding technology are classified in that technology: e.g. moulds for injection moulding B29C 45/26, moulds for blow moulding B29C 49/48.

Since the classification scheme present in B29C 45/00 is much more detailed, for reasons of search efficiency, classification in B29C 45/00 is preferred above a classification in B29C 33/00 in the case that both classifications would be applicable.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents, the following words/expressions are often used as synonyms:

  • "Mould"," mold" and "die"
using liquids, gas or steam {(tyre moulds with incorporated heating or cooling means using liquids, gas or steam B29D 30/0601)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

heating using liquids, gas or steam in presses

B30B 15/064

{Manufacturing moulds, e.g. shaping the mould surface by machining}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Making of moulds made out of a plastic substance. The application of the created mould, does not necessarily need to be in the field of B29C

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Making of moulds by metal processing

B22, B23, in particular B23P 15/24

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Mould materials, implicitly disclosed by the process of making them

B29C 33/38, B29C 33/40, B29C 33/565

{with mechanical ejector or drive means therefor}
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Mechanical ejectors for injection moulding

B29C 45/4005

{for stripping articles from a mould core, e.g. using stripper plates}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Discharging by stripping articles from cores

B29C 37/0003

Coatings {, e.g. enameled or galvanised}; Releasing, lubricating or separating agents {(in-mould coating B29C 37/0028; using or applying separating agents B29C 37/0067)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Coating compositions

C09D

Lubricating compositions

C10M

Heating, cooling or curing, e.g. crosslinking or vulcanising; Apparatus therefor (moulds with incorporated heating or cooling means B29C 33/02 {; thermal after-treatment of shaped articles B29C 71/02}; curing devices for plastics dental prostheses A61C 13/14; before moulding B29B 13/00)
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Moulds with incorporated heating or cooling means

B29C 33/02

Thermal after-treatment of shaped articles

B29C 71/02

Curing devices for plastic dental prostheses

A61C 13/14

Thermal treatment of the material to be shaped before moulding

B29B 13/00

Conditioning or physical treatment of the material to be shaped

B29B 13/00

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Crosslinking of macromolecular substances

C08J 3/24

{Tempering units for temperature control of moulds or cores, e.g. comprising heat exchangers, controlled valves, temperature-controlled circuits for fluids (B29C 35/0294 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media62.png

media63.png

media64.png

media65.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds or cores with incorporated heating or cooling mean, using liquids, gas or steam

B29C 33/04

Injection moulding, heating or cooling of the mould, control circuit therefor

B29C 45/7306

Heating or curing, e.g. crosslinking or vulcanizing {during moulding, e.g. in a mould} (cold vulcanisation B29C 35/18 {; vulcanising tyres, presses therefor B29D 30/0601})
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds or cores with incorporated heating or cooling means

B29C 33/02

Shaping by casting, heating or cooling

B29C 39/38

Shaping by coating, heating or cooling

B29C 41/46

Compression moulding, heating or cooling

B29C 43/52

Shaping by swelling, foaming, heating or cooling

B29C 44/3415

Injection moulding, heating or cooling

B29C 45/72

Extrusion moulding, heating

B29C 48/78

Blow-moulding, heating or cooling

B29C 49/64

Shaping by thermoforming, heating or cooling

B29C 51/42

Shaping by bending, folding, heating or cooling

B29C 53/84

Lining or sheathing, heat treatment

B29C 63/0065

Producing pneumatic tyres, vulcanising tyres, vulcanising presses for tyres

B29D 30/0601

Heating or cooling presses or parts therefor

B30B 15/34

{using pressure vessels, e.g. autoclaves, vulcanising pans (B29C 35/065 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media66.png

media67.png

media68.png

media69.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping composites, using isostatic pressure, e.g. autoclave

B29C 70/44

Processes of utilising sub-atmospheric or super-atmospheric pressure to effect chemical or physical change of matter, pressure vessels, autoclaves

B01J 3/04

{Presses provided with pressure vessels, e.g. steam chambers}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media70.png

{using fluidised bed}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media71.png

media72.png

media73.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Chemical or physical process in general, conducted in the presence of fluids and solid particles, with fluidised particles, according to "fluidised bed" technique

B01J 8/24

{for articles of indefinite length}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media74.png

media75.png

media76.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Chemical or physical process in general, conducted in the presence of fluids and solid particles, with fluidised particles, according to "fluidised bed" technique, for treatment of endless filamentary, band or sheet material

B01J 8/46

{using friction}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Joining of preformed parts, by heating, using friction

B29C 65/06

{using ultrasonic or sonic vibrations}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media77.png

media78.png

media79.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Joining of preformed parts, by heating, using ultrasonic vibrations

B29C 65/08

Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general, employing sonic or ultrasonic vibrations

B01J 19/10

{Local curing (for repairing B29C 73/34)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media80.png

media81.png

media82.png

{using lost heating elements, i.e. heating means incorporated and remaining in the formed article (for preforms with internal stresses B29C 61/0625; joining using lost heating elements B29C 65/34; making electrically conductive articles B29C 70/882)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping by liberation of internal stresses, making preforms comprising incorporated or associated heating means

B29C 61/0625

Joining of preformed parts, by heating, using heated elements which remain in the joint

B29C 65/34

{Apparatus with continuous transport of the material to be cured (B29C 35/025, B29C 35/06, B29C 35/10, B29C 35/14 take precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media83.png

media84.png

media85.png

media86.png

media87.png

media88.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Movable moulds or cores

B29C 33/34

Continuously movable moulds or cores

B29C 33/36

{Controlling heating or curing of polymers during moulding, e.g. by measuring temperatures or properties of the polymer and regulating the process (controlling or regulating chemical, physical or physico- chemical processes in general B01J 19/0006)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media89.png

media90.png

media91.png

media92.png

media93.png

media94.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping by casting, measuring, controlling or regulating

B29C 39/44

Shaping by coating, measuring, controlling or regulating

B29C 43/58

Compression moulding, measuring, controlling or regulating Shaping by swelling, foaming, measuring, controlling or regulating

B29C 44/60

Injection moulding, measuring, controlling or regulating of temperature

B29C 45/78

Extrusion moulding, measuring, controlling or regulating

B29C 48/92

Blow-moulding, measuring, controlling or regulating

B29C 49/78

Shaping by thermoforming, measuring, controlling or regulating

B29C 51/46

{using tempering units for temperature control of moulds or cores}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media95.png

using liquids, gas or steam
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Joining of preformed parts; e.g. welding of plastics materials; making use of hot liquids, i.e. the liquid is in contact with the material to be joined

B29C 65/026

Joining of preformed parts; e.g. welding of plastics materials; using hot gases

B29C 65/10

Joining of preformed parts; e.g. welding of plastics materials; using flames

B29C 65/106

{using liquids}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media96.png

media97.png

for articles of indefinite length
Definition statement

This place covers:

media98.png

media99.png

media100.png

media101.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Extrusion moulding; heating the stream of extruded material

B29C 48/91

{in long tubular vessels}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media102.png

media103.png

by wave energy or particle radiation {(B29C 64/00, B29C 71/04 take precedence)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Using wave energy for welding

B29C 65/14

Using laser for welding

B29C 65/16

Using induction heating for welding

B29C 65/3656, B29C 65/36

Dental auxiliary appliances, apparatus for curing resin by radiation

A61C 19/003

Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general, employing particle radiation or gamma-radiation

B01J 19/081

Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general, employing electromagnetic waves

B01J 19/12

Producing optical elements, curing the lens material

B29D 11/00442

Processes of treating or compounding macromolecular substances, treament by wave energy or particle radiation

C08J 3/28

Irradiation devices

G21K 5/00

Induction heating

H05B 6/02

{using electromagnetic radiation}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media104.jpg

media105.png

media106.png

{using transparant moulds}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media107.png

media108.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Producing optical elements, curing the lens material

B29D 11/00442

Photomecanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, lithigraphic processes using patterning methods other than those involving the exposure to radiation, e.g. by stamping

G03F 7/0002

{provided with masks or diaphragms}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media109.png

for articles of indefinite length
Definition statement

This place covers:

media110.png

media111.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Extrusion moulding; heating the stream of extruded material

B29C 48/91

Dielectric heating
Definition statement

This place covers:

media112.png

media113.png.

media114.png

media115.png

media116.png

media117.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds or cores with incorporated heating means for dielectric heating

B29C 33/08

Dielectric heating for welding

B29C 65/04

for articles of indefinite length
Definition statement

This place covers:

media118.png

media119.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Extrusion moulding; heating the stream of extruded material

B29C 48/78

Cooling {(cooling extruded material B29C 48/911; cooling preforms for blow moulding B29C 49/6427; cooling blown articles B29C 49/66; cooling tyres during post cure inflation B29D 30/0643)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media120.png

media121.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds or cores with incorporated heating or cooling means

B29C 33/02

Extrusion moulding, cooling the stream of extruded material

B29C 48/911

Blow-moulding, thermal conditioning of preforms by cooling hot or molten preforms

B29C 49/6427

Blow-moulding; cooling by refrigerant introduced into the blown article

B29C 49/66

Component parts, details, accessories or auxiliary operations, not covered by group B29C 33/00 or B29C 35/00
Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods and processes for removing articles from the mould,

Applying surface layers to moulded articles during moulding, e.g. in mould coating,

Methods for compensating volume or shape change during moulding,

Method for degassing moulded articles during moulding (e.g. draining off gas during moulding),

Methods wherein separating agents are used during or after moulding,

Methods for obtaining anchoring effects between layers during moulding,

Method for trouble-shooting during starting or stopping moulding apparatus,

Methods for deburring or deflashing moulded articles.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

measuring or controlling heating, curing

B29C 35/0294

measuring, controlling or regulating casting

B29C 39/44

measuring, controlling or regulating moulding by coating

B29C 41/52

measuring, controlling or regulating compression moulding

B29C 43/58

measuring, controlling or regulating foaming

B29C 44/60

dehumidifying moulds during injection moulding

B29C 45/1701

measuring, controlling or regulating injection moulding

B29C 45/76

detecting absence or presence of articles during injection moulding after ejection

B29C 45/7626

measuring, controlling or regulating extrusion

B29C 48/92

measuring, controlling or regulating blow moulding

B29C 49/78

measuring, controlling or regulating thermoforming

B29C 51/46

detecting absence or presence of articles during welding

B29C 66/8746

{Discharging moulded articles from the mould (constructions for removing the articles B29C 33/44)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media122.png

media123.png

media124.png

media125.png

media126.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Discharging casting moulds

B29C 39/36

Discharging coated moulds

B29C 41/42

Discharging compression moulds

B29C 43/50

Discharging injection moulds

B29C 45/40

Discharging blow moulds

B29C 49/70

Discharging thermoforming moulds

B29C 51/44

Demoulding optical elements, e.g. lenses

B29D 11/00192

Producing tyres, loading or unloading tyres presses

B29D 30/0603

{using means operable from outside the mould for moving between mould parts, e.g. robots}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media127.png

media128.png

media129.png

media130.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Discharging injection moulds, using means movable from outside the mould

B29C 45/42

{combined with means for loading preforms to be moulded or inserts, e.g. preformed layers}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media131.png

{by flexibly or permanently deforming undercut portions of the articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media132.png

media133.png

media134.png

media135.png

media136.png

media137.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Discharging injection moulds, by flexible movement of undercut article

B29C 45/4407

{by stripping articles from mould cores}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media138.jpg

media139.jpg

media140.jpg

media141.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds or cores with means for the removal of articles; with mechanical ejector or drive means for stripping articles from a mould core, e.g. using striper plates

B29C 33/444

{and using a rotating movement to unscrew articles (in particular used in injection moulding B29C 45/178)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media142.png

{Applying surface layers, e.g. coatings, decorative layers, printed layers, to articles during shaping, e.g. in-mould printing (moulding on preformed layers as inserts B29C 70/68; applying fluent material to surfaces in general B05)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media143.png

media144.png

media145.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Compression moulding of definite length, incorporating preformed linings

B29C 43/183

Injection moulding, incorporating preformed parts or layers, multilayered articles

B29C 45/14811

{In-mould coating, e.g. by introducing the coating material into the mould after forming the article}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media146.png

media147.png

media148.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Injection moulding, making multilayered or multicoloured articles

B29C 45/16

{the coating being applied upon the mould surface before introducing the moulding compound, e.g. applying a gelcoat (B29C 44/14 and B29C 44/32 take precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media149.png

media150.png

media151.png

media152.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping by coating a mould, making multilayered or multicoloured articles of definite length

B29C 41/22

Injection moulding, making multilayered articles, applying surface layers inside the mould cavity, e.g. in mould coating (IMC)

B29C 45/1679

{Compensating volume or shape change during moulding, in general}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media153.png

media154.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping by casting; compensating volume change, e.g. retraction

B29C 39/44

Shaping by coating a mould or a core; compensating volume change, e.g. retraction

B29C 41/48

Compression moulding, compensating volume change, e.g. retraction

B29C 43/54

{Moulding articles characterised by the shape of the surface, e.g. ribs, high polish (mould construction therefor B29C 33/42; surface shaping of articles B29C 59/00; by incorporating filler in or near the surface B29C 70/64)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media155.png

media156.png

media157.png

media158.png

media159.png

media160.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds or cores characterized by the shape of the moulding surface, e.g. ribs, grooves

B29C 33/42

Shaping by casting, making articles of definite length characterised by the shape of the surface

B29C 39/026

Compression moulding of article of definite length chatracterised by the shape of the surface

B29C 43/021

Injection moulding, mould cavity walls provided with means for marking or patterning

B29C 45/372

Blow moulding moulds having decorating or printing means

B29C 49/52

Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces, lithographic processes using patterning methods other than those involing the exposure to radiation, e.g. by stamping

G03F 7/0002

{Moulding single grooves or ribs, e.g. tear lines (folding lines B29C 53/06)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media161.png

media162.png

{Degassing moulding material or draining off gas during moulding (venting means in moulds B29C 33/10)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media163.png

media164.png

media165.png

media166.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping by casting; casting under special conditions, e.g. vacuum:

B29C 39/42

Degassing, draining off gases, as after treatment

B29C 71/00

Producing lenses, removing oxygen from the mould

B29D 11/00125

{of reinforced material}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media167.png

media168.png

media169.png

{Using separating agents during or after moulding; Applying separating agents on preforms or articles, e.g. to prevent sticking to each other (separating agents B29C 33/60)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds or cores, coatings, applying the releasing agent

B29C 33/58

Moulds or cores, coatings, releasing, lubricating or separating agent

B29C 33/60

{Dusting machines}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media170.png

media171.png

media172.png

{using release sheets}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media173.png

media174.png

media175.png

media176.png

media177.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Release sheets for moulds or cores

B29C 33/68

{Measures or configurations for obtaining anchoring effects in the contact areas between layers (surface shaping B29C 59/00; B29C 66/02 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media178.png

media179.png

media180.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping composites, comprising fillers only, the filler influencing the surface characteristics of the material, e.g. by concentrating near the surface or by incorporating in the surface by force

B29C 70/64

{Mechanical anchoring (B29C 66/303 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media181.png

media182.png

media183.png

media184.png

media185.png

media186.png

media187.png

media188.png

media189.png

media190.png

media191.png

{by means of openings in the layers (joining through openings B29C 66/304)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media192.png

media193.png

media194.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Injection moulding in or through a hole in the article

B29C 45/14344

Joining by riveting

B29C 65/60

{Sealing devices placed between articles and treatment installations during moulding or shaping, e.g. sealing off the entrance or exit of ovens or irradiation rooms, connections between rooms at different pressures}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media195.png

media196.png

media197.png

media198.png

media199.png

media200.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Sealings between relatively moving surfaces which permits material to be continuously conveyed

F16J 15/168

{Drying moulded articles or half products, e.g. preforms, during or after moulding or cooling}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media201.png

media202.png

media203.png

media204.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Drying in general

F26B

Deburring or deflashing {(thermal deburring in general B23D 79/005)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media205.png

media206.png

media207.png

media208.png

media209.png

media210.png

media211.png

media212.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Blow-moulding; deflashing outside the mould; deflashing the neck portion

B29C 49/72

Cutting work characterised by the nature of the cutting made

B29C 70/00

Method, machines, or devices for working metals by removal of material for thermal deburring

B23D 79/005

Machines or devices designed for grinding edges or bevels on works or for removing burrs characterised by a special design for grinding plastic materials

B24B 9/20

Methods for use of abrasive blasting for polishing surfaces for deburring

B24C/08B

Abrasive blasting machines or devices

B24C 3/00

Machines or devices designed for polishing or abrading surfaces on work by means of tumbling appartus

B24D31/00

Shaping by casting, i.e. introducing the moulding material into a mould or between confining surfaces without significant moulding pressure; Apparatus therefor (B29C 41/00 takes precedence)
Definition statement

This place covers:

Low or zero pressure casting methods of polymers or their pre-cursors into a mould or between confining surfaces, apparatus and articles obtained by casting, when these articles are characterised by the casting method.

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Spin casting

B29C 41/045

Casting of dental prostheses

A61C 13/20

Casting of membranes,

B01D 67/0013

Centrifugal casting specially adapted for tyres or parts thereof

B29D 30/0679

Casting of microstructured devices

B81C 99/0085

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping by internal pressure generated in the material, e.g. swelling, foaming

B29C 44/00

Joining by applying molten plastics or by moulding

B29C 65/40, B29C 65/42, B29C 65/70

Screen moulding

B29C 67/08

Molding wax

B29C 67/241

Liquid injection molding of liquid silicone rubbers, polyurethanes and other highly reactive materials under high pressure

B29C 67/246

Spinning of moulds for a specific filler concentration or distribution of the filler

B29C 70/64

Encapsulating inserts having non-encapsulated projections, e.g. terminal portions of electrical components

B29C 70/72

Moulding sealings into closures

B29C 70/80

Casting of foodstuff or confectionary

e.g. A23G 3/2023, A23G 1/205

Casting cosmetic material, such as lipsticks

A45D 40/16

Making brushes by casting a body around bristles

A46D 3/005

Methods for making crowns for teeth

A61C 5/77

Encapsulating hollow fibres, e.g. for filters,

B01D 63/022

Metal casting

B22D 17/00

Casting of ceramics or other cementitious material

B28B 1/00, C04B 33/28

Moulding, e.g. casting of optical elements, e.g. lenses, prisms

B29D 11/00413

Designs imitating natural patterns

B44F 9/00

Manufacture of films or sheets

C08J 5/18

Encapsulation, potting and similar processes used in electronics

H01L 21/56, H01F 41/005, H01F 41/127, H01L 23/28, H05K 3/284, H05K 3/101

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents, the following words/expressions are often used as synonyms:

  • "casting", "moulding", "pouring", "potting" and "encapsulating"
Shaping by coating a mould, core or other substrate, i.e. by depositing material and stripping-off the shaped article; Apparatus therefor (with compacting pressure B29C 43/00 {; by lay-up of reinforcement of substantial or continuous length B29C 70/30})
Definition statement

This place covers:

depositing material and stripping-off the shaped article

Relationships with other classification places

Processes for applying liquids or other fluent materials are provided in B05D 1/00 e.g. coating by rotation: B05D 1/002; coating by spin coating B05D 1/005; coating by dipping B05D 1/18; coating performed by gravity only B05D 1/30.

The difference with the processes provided in the group B29C 41/00, is that in addition to coating step, a step of stripping of the article is provided (cf. the title of B29C 41/00 "...i.e. by depositing material and stripping-off the shaped article...")

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Shaping by spraying of fibres on a mould, former or core:

B29C 70/30

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Spinning the mould for a specific filler concentration or distribution

B29C 70/64

Gloves

A41D 19/00, A47L 13/18, A61B 42/10

Automotive skins

B60R 13/00

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents, the following words/expressions are often used as synonyms:

  • spraying, slush moulding or casting, rotational moulding, rotomoulding, moulding by spinning, spin casting, centrifugal casting.
Compression moulding, i.e. applying external pressure to flow the moulding material; Apparatus therefor {(by liberation of internal stresses B29C 61/006)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Compression moulding refers to shaping polymeric materials by using moulding devices movable against the material to apply pressure for shaping and achieving a residual filling of a cavity;

Continuous compression moulding refers to making indefinite articles by using rotatable devices, e.g. wheels or rollers or calenders;

Devices to supply the material to the compression moulding device.

Relationships with other classification places

Related moulding processes are:

  • Transfer moulding, i.e. transferring the required volume of moulding material by a plunger from a "shot" cavity into a mould cavity. Transfer moulding is classified in B29C 45/02.
  • Injection compression moulding, i.e. injecting the polymeric material under pressure into a mould followed by moving the mould or mould parts to compress the material to achieve filling of the cavity and the final shape of the article, wherein initially the mould can be open or closed and/or the cavity can be in a state with enlarged or reduced size. Injection compression moulding is classified in B29C 45/561.
  • Shaping by thermoforming (i.e. shaping sheets or sheet-like preforms after heating), e.g. shaping sheets by matched moulds or by deep-drawing and apparatus therefor. Thermoforming is classified in B29C 51/00.
  • Surface shaping of already moulded polymeric articles, e.g. by embossing and apparatus therefor. In the case of mechanical embossing, the surface shaping requires a reheating step for the surface to be embossed. Surface shaping of already moulded polymeric articles is classified in B29C 59/00.
  • Shaping composites, i.e. plastics material comprising reinforcements, fillers or preformed parts, e.g. inserts, are classified in B29C 70/00. The use of moulding compounds comprising chopped or short fibres are classified in the moulding technique used, e.g. for compression moulding are classified in B29C 43/003 or B29C 43/006, for injection moulding using fibre reinforcements are classified in B29C 45/0005 or for extrusion moulding using fibre reinforcements are classified in B29C 48/2886.
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Shaping by liberation of internal stresses, the force created by the liberation of the internal stresses being used for compression moulding

B29C 61/006

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Manufacturing of articles by compacting or sintering metallic powders

B22F 3/00

Shaping clay or other ceramic compositions using presses

B28B 3/00

Presses in general

B30B

Photomechanical production of textured or patterned surfaces by imprinting or stamping whereby the pattern is fixed via light or thermal curing.

G03F 7/002

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms or expressions are used with the meaning indicated:

Compression moulding

shaping of polymeric materials by using moulding devices movable against the material to apply pressure for shaping and achieving residual filling of a cavity

Continuous compression moulding

making of indefinite articles by shaping polymeric materials using rotatable devices, e.g. calenders or rollers or wheels

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents, the following words/expressions are often used with the meaning indicated:

"compacting"

"compression moulding".

{characterised by the choice of material}
Definition statement

This place covers:

compression moulding processes characterised by the choice of material, e.g. using organic, inorganic or mineral fillers or fibres, using plasticised particulate materials bonded by resin, recycled materials

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulding processes characterised by the choice of the material, e.g. wax, aggregates:

B29C 67/24

Pressing of glass:

C03B 11/00

Making brake linings:

F16D 69/00, F16D 2250/0023

{Pressing and sintering powders, granules or fibres}
Definition statement

This place covers:

e.g. pressing fleeces made of thermoplastic fibres;

hot-fusion under pressure particles, granules or fibres etc, particles are heated and compressed to partial melt and bond together; thermal bonding under pressure; shaping monoliths

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Sintering (without pressure)

B29C 67/04

Surface fusion and bonding of particles to form voids

B29C 67/205

Moulding processes characterised by the choice of mineral aggregates bonded with resin as the moulding material

B29C 67/242

Prostheses

A61F 2/02

Sintering metallic powders

B22F 3/10

Preheating powders

B29B 13/00

Partial melting of one or more layers to form the bond

B32B 37/04

Sintering fibres

D04H 1/005, D04H 3/16

Making brake linings

F16D 69/00, F16D 2250/0023

{characterised by the shape of the surface}
Definition statement

This place covers:

making articles characterised by the shape of the surface

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Grooves

B29C 37/0053

Folding lines

B29C 53/06

Surface shaping

B29C 59/00

Moulding of lenses

B29D 11/00009

Moulding of Fresnel lenses

B29D 11/00269

Imprinting

B41F

Embossing machines

B44B 5/00

Decorative arts

B44C

Packages or encapsulation of microstructural systems

B81B 7/0032

Processes for packaging: MEMS

B81C 1/00261

Fresnel lenses

G02B 3/08

Apparatus for making LCD's

G02F 1/1303

Lithographic processes using stamping

G03F 7/0002

Fine patterning magnetic record carriers

G11B 5/84

Optical record carriers

G11B 7/26

Masters, stampers:

G11B 7/261, G11B 7/263

Making masks on semiconductor bodies

H01L 21/027

Apparatus for mechanical treatment of semiconductors

H01L 21/67092

Manufacturing printed circuits

H05K 3/0014

Laminating circuit boards

H05K 3/4611

{having an axis of symmetry (B29C 43/102 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Compression moulding of symmetrical articles, e.g. balls or ring-like shaped articles or tubular articles.

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Isostatic pressing using rigid mould parts specially adapted for moulding articles having an axis of symmetry

B29C 43/102

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Apparatus or methods for manufacturing balls

A63B 45/00

Making spherical articles, e.g. balls

B29D 22/04

Moulded articles with a profiled transverse cross-section

B29L 2031/003

Ring or ring-like shaped moulded articles

B29L 2031/7096

using movable moulds
Definition statement

This place covers:

movable moulds with the movement being other than open, closing, clamping, or pressurising, e.g. for curing in a closed mould outside the pressure exerting means, transferring moulds or mould parts between a feeding and a compressing station

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Handling of moulds in general

B29C 31/006

Movable moulds in general

B29C 33/34

Movable moulds for injection moulding

B29C 45/04

Movable moulds for blow moulding

B29C 49/30

continuously movable {in one direction, e.g. mounted on chains, belts}
Definition statement

This place covers:

e.g. moulds or mould parts travelling continuously along a path

with circular movement {, e.g. mounted on rolls, turntables}
Definition statement

This place covers:

moulds or mould parts mounted on rotating supporting constuction, rotary machines, e.g. turntables, drums, carousels, star wheels

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

For injection moulding

B29C 45/06

For blow moulding

B29C 49/36

For presses

B30B 11/08

Isostatic pressing, i.e. using non-rigid pressure-exerting members against rigid parts or dies
Definition statement

This place covers:

Flexible pressure exerting means, e.g. material characteristics of the pressure exerting member (e.g. special density, composition or syntactic foam).

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Flexible collapsible moulds for facilitating demoulding

B29C 33/50

Applying pressure through membranes

B29C 51/28

Vacuum bagging

B29C 70/44

Hydroforming

B21D 26/033

Bladders for making tyres

B29D 30/0654

Flexible pressing means

B30B 5/02

Membrane presses

B30B 9/22

Isostatic pressing in general

B30B 11/001

Laminating glass sheets

B32B 17/10853

Vacuum laminating

B32B 37/1018

using bags surrounding the moulding material {or using membranes contacting the moulding material}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Compression moulding processes by using vacuum or inflatable bags.

References
Application-oriented references

Examples of places where the subject matter of this place is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Shaping or impregnating composites of definitive length by compression using isostatic pressure

B29C 70/44

Flexible cores for vulcanising tyres

B29D 30/0654

{for making single layer articles}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

For indefinite articles

B29C 43/26

{encapsulated}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Outsert moulding

B29C 70/74

{completely}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Completely encapsulating inserts

B29C 70/70

{using adhesives}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Joining of preformed parts using adhesives

B29C 65/48

{hot-melt or heat activated adhesives}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Joining of preformed parts by heating, with or without pressure, and applying molten plastics

B29C 65/40

Joining of preformed parts using adhesives

B29C 65/48

{thermosetting adhesives, e.g. polyurethane adhesives}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Joining of preformed parts by heating

B29C 65/02

of articles of indefinite length
References
Application-oriented references

Examples of places where the subject matter of this place is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Shaping or impregnating composites by compression for producing articles of indefinite length

B29C 70/50

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Floor coverings obtained by sintering or gluing the granules together

D06N 7/0057

Calendering
Definition statement

This place covers:

e.g. measuring and regulating calender banks

Component parts, details or accessories; Auxiliary operations
Definition statement

This place covers:

Pressure exerting means or methods (mechanical, e.g. deformable nets or springs or non-mechanical, e.g. thermal expansion), e.g. pressure equalising means or methods.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Material characteristics of the isostatic pressure exerting member

B29C 43/10

{Particular pressure exerting means for making definite articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Single pressing elements, e.g. magnets or vibrating elements.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Compression moulds as such

B29C 43/36

Feeding the material to the mould or the compression means {(B29C 43/085 takes precedence)}
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Feeding material in a continuous form to continuous movable compression moulds

B29C 43/085

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Feeding of the material to be moulded in general

B29C 31/04

{hopper, vessel, chute, tube, conveying screw, for material in discrete form, e.g. particles or powder or fibres}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Dispensing from vessels

B29C 31/02

{using dispensing heads, e.g. extruders, placed over or apart from the moulds}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Feeding using dispensing heads

B29C 31/042

Applying fluent material for coatings

B05D 1/26

Extrusion coating

B05D 1/265

{moving during dispensing over the moulds, e.g. laying up}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Feeding using moving dispensing heads

B29C 31/044

Applying fluent material for coatings

B05D 1/26

Extrusion coating

B05D 1/265

{using pressurising feeding means located in the mould, e.g. plungers or pistons}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Injection-compression moulding

B29C 45/561

{using rotating supports, e.g. turntables or drums}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Feeding in general by using volumetric measuring chambers moving between a charging station and a discharge station

B29C 31/065

Turntables as movable moulds

B29C 43/08

Feeding materials to moulding presses

B30B 15/302

Transfer turntables

B65G 47/80

{using star wheels comprising arms}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Transfer stars

B65G 47/84

{centrally fed, e.g. feeding the material in the center of the mould turntables}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Turntables as movable moulds

B29C 43/08

{with means for positioning, fastening or clamping the material to be formed or preforms inside the mould}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds with incorporated means for positioning inserts

B29C 33/14

Positioning articles in the mould for injection moulding

B29C 45/14065

{Forming elements, e.g. mandrels or rams or stampers or pistons or plungers or punching devices}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulding lenses

B29D 11/00413

Ram pressing

B30B 11/02

Ram press cooperating with fixed mould

B30B 11/04

Forming pockets in sheets

B65B 47/04

{Bags, bleeder sheets or cauls for isostatic pressing}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Flexible cores for vulcanising tyres

B29D 30/0654

{Vacuum bags; Details thereof, e.g. fixing or clamping}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Applying pressure through membranes

B29C 51/28

Vacuum bag-moulding

B29C 70/44

Bladders for making tyres

B29D 30/0601

Flexible pressing means

B30B 5/02

Membrane press

B30B 9/22

Vacuum laminating

B32B 37/1018

{Membranes, diaphragms}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Applying pressure through membranes

B29C 51/28

Vacuum bagging

B29C 70/44

Bladders for making tyres

B29D 30/0601

Flexible pressing means

B30B 5/02

Membrane press

B30B 9/22

Vacuum laminating

B32B 37/1018

{Inflatable bladders using gas or fluid and related details}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Flexible moulds

B29C 33/50

Deep drawing membranes

B29C 51/28

Vacuum bagging

B29C 70/44

Bladders for making tyres

B29D 30/0601

Flexible pressing means

B30B 5/02

Membrane press

B30B 9/22

Vacuum laminating

B32B 37/1018

{Elastic moulds or mould parts, e.g. cores or inserts}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Elastomeric moulds

B29C 33/405

Plastic moulds or cores

B29C 33/50

Isostatic pressing

B29C 43/10

{Pressure transmitters, e.g. caul plates; pressure pads}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Details of caul plates for shaping composites comprising reinforcements only

B29C 70/549

{destructible or fusible}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Lost moulds

B29C 33/0016

Moulds for making articles with holes

B29C 33/0033

Fusible cores

B29C 33/52

Making porous articles

B22F 3/11

{on cylindrical supports with moulds or mould cavities provided on the periphery}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Rollers for making indefinite articles

B29C 43/46

Roller presses

B30B 11/006

Turntable presses

B30B 11/08

{on a support table, e.g. flat disk-like tables having moulds on the periphery}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Press rams on turntables

B30B 9/042

Presses adapted for forming shaped articles using a press ram cooperating with moulds on turntables

B30B 11/08

for undercut articles
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds for moulding articles provided with holes in general

B29C 33/0033

Moulds for undercut articles in general

B29C 33/44

Manufacture of work pieces or articles provided with cavities or holes from metallic powder

B22F 5/10

{mould parts or sliders being movable independently from the mould halves for making undercut portions}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Collapsible cores or mandrels

B29C 33/485

Compression means for making articles of indefinite length
Definition statement

This place covers:

e.g. exchanging rollers or belts;

e.g. exchanging the coating of rollers;

e.g. adjusting rollers;

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

driving arrangements for rollers

D21G 1/0006

Rollers
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

rollers for mixing plastic material to be shaped

B29B 7/62

rollers with deflection compensating systems, e.g. hydraulic systems

F16C 13/028

{plurality of rollers arranged in a specific manner in relation to each other}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Calendering

B29C 43/24

{take-off rollers, i.e. arranged adjacent a material feeding device}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Calendering

B29C 43/24

{having undercuts or being threaded}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Using a rotating movement to unscrew articles

B29C 33/446

{moving away}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Collapsible cores or mandrels

B29C 33/485

{using rotary devices, e.g. turntables or carousels}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Blow moulding machines rotatable about one axis

B29C 49/36

Handling means for blow moulding machines

B29C 49/4205

Heating or cooling
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Press plates with heating or cooling means

B30B 15/064

Compression moulding under special conditions, e.g. vacuum
Definition statement

This place covers:

e.g. compression moulding using vibrations;

e.g. compression moulding while steaming

{under vacuum conditions}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds or cores with incorporated venting means

B29C 33/10

Vacuum bag-moulding

B29C 70/44

Vacuum laminating

B32B 37/1018

Measuring, controlling or regulating {(for bank adjustment in calendering B29C 43/245)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

  • enabling a value, or its relation to a datum, to be determined in the sense of measuring as defined in Note 2 of class G01;
  • affecting a variable of the compression moulding process in any way, e.g. changing its direction or its value, maintaining its constant or limiting its range of variation;
  • maintaining a variable at a desired value or within a desired range of values;
  • selecting a specific value for a parameter, e.g. temperature or pressure, that has a substantial influence on the compression moulding process.

The mere selection of optimum or workable values or ranges of values, without accompanying disclosure of the influence on the compression moulding process or its objective does not qualify for classification in this group.

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Measuring and regulating calender parameters, e.g. bank quantity

B29C 43/245

{for accommodating variation in mould spacing or cavity volume during moulding}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Compensating shrinkage

B29C 43/54

Shaping by internal pressure generated in the material, e.g. swelling or foaming {; Producing porous or cellular expanded plastics articles}
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Chemical aspects of foaming

C08J 9/00

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Metal foams

B22D 25/005

Ceramic foams

C04B 38/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms or expressions are used with the meaning indicated:

reticulated

cell wall membranes are removed, leaving a framework only.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents, the following words/expressions are often used with the meaning indicated:

"foaming"

"expanding" and "swelling".

consisting of at least two parts of chemically or physically different materials, e.g. having different densities
Definition statement

This place covers:

e.g. a soft, porous core covered by a skin or lining when they are made in the same procedure

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

incorporating preformed parts

B29C 44/12

{Filling flexible bags not having a particular shape}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Filling cushion pads

B31D 5/0078

{Sealing off parts of the cavities}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Insulating elements for vehicles

B60R 13/08

Foam in superstructures for vehicles

B62D 29/002

for articles of indefinite length
Definition statement

This place covers:

continuous processes, even if it is followed by a subdivision into separate articles

{Heating or cooling}
Definition statement

This place covers:

particular characteristics of the heating or cooling method

{Making or treating expandable particles}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Feeding moulds with granules

B29C 44/445

Making granules

B29B 9/00

under-water, e.g. underwater pelletizers

B29B 9/065

{in the form of expandable granules, particles or beads}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Making or treating expandable particles

B29C 44/3461

After-treatment of articles, e.g. for altering the shape
Definition statement

This place covers:

Characteristics of methods for working on an already foamed object

{Shaping and joining components with different densities or hardness}
Definition statement

This place covers:

e.g. putting a foam layer and a lining in a mould, followed by compression moulding and joining

{with means for venting, e.g. releasing foaming gas}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Venting of moulds in general

B29C 33/10

Injection moulds with venting means

B29C 45/34

Injection moulding, i.e. forcing the required volume of moulding material through a nozzle into a closed mould; Apparatus therefor (injection blow-moulding B29C 49/06)
Definition statement

This place covers:

Injection moulding methods

Injection moulding apparatuses

Articles obtained by injection moulding, as far as these articles are characterised by the injection moulding method

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Reaction injection moulding, liquid injection moulding

B29C 67/246

Special rules of classification

It is desired to identify the obtained articles and the applied materials by allocating the appropriate Indexing Codes as provided in the subclass B29K and B29L.

Particular attention should be paid to the break down Indexing Codes, that are available only at additional informative level.

{characterised by the choice of material}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Injection moulding processes characterised by the plastic material. The group contains documents concerning injection moulding with a special material or a process adapted for a certain material.

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Injection moulding characterised by the use of fibres.

B29C 45/0005

Injection moulding characterised by the use of fillers

B29C 45/0013

{of successively moulded portions rigidly joined to each other}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Injection moulding processes of continuous or endless articles.

EP847112, fig 7,

media213.png

EP826475 fig 1c.

media214.png

Special rules of classification

Although this group covers a combination of several injection steps, the documents are not classified in B29C 45/16

{using fibre reinforcements}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Injection moulding processes, whereby the fibres are dispersed in the plastic material. The dispersion is usually randomly.

Example EP893228

media215.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Coating reinforcement

B29C 45/14631

Coating fibrous material or fibre containing material

B29C 45/14786

Resin transfer moulding

B29C 70/48.

Injection moulding with short fibres

(Japanese F-term) 4F206/AB25

Injection moulding with long fibres

(Japanese F-term) 4F206/AD16

{using fillers dispersed in the moulding material, e.g. metal particles}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping composites comprising fillers only

B29C 70/58

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms or expressions are used with the meaning indicated:

Fillers

relatively inert substances in the form of particles, powder, beads, flakes or spheres, which improve the physical properties or increases the bulk or weight of an article and are randomly dispersed in the material, e.g. additives, dyestuff, colouring material, recycled material

{moulding interconnected elements which are movable with respect to one another, e.g. chains or hinges}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Moulding of movable interconnected elements in a two step moulding process, without applying inserts.

EP159614, fig 5

media216.png

WO0189795, fig 7,8,10

media217.png

media218.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Metal casting of rotational elements:

B22D 19/12

Manufacturing of ventilating devices:

B60H 2001/3492

Special rules of classification

Documents contained in this group are NOT additionally classified in B29C 45/16 and/or B29C 45/26

{Preventing defects on the moulded article, e.g. weld lines, shrinkage marks (preventing defects on the preformed parts or layers B29C 45/14836)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Moulding processes to avoid the occurrence of burrs, sink marks, warping, location of gate marks or the like on the moulded article

EP508732, fig 8

media219.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Applying external gas moulding technology for avoiding shrinkage marks

B29C 45/174

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Compensation volume change during moulding

B29C 37/005

Details relating to the flow path during moulding

B29C 45/0046

{Details relating to the filling pattern or flow paths or flow characteristics of moulding material in the mould cavity}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Moulding processes concerning the filling pattern of flow characteristics. Typically this is related to the moulding of parts having thin and thick sections, e.g. for avoiding weld lines.

EP749821 fig 4

media220.png

EP666159 fig 1, relates to filling, flow patterns.

media221.png

EP362648, fig 6

media222.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Preventing defects on the moulded articles

B29C 45/0025

Special rules of classification

Documents are classified in B29C 45/0046 only, if the inventions concerns only the filling pattern.

Documents are classified in B29C 45/0025 and B29C 45/0046, if the inventions concerns the relation between the filling pattern and the weld line.

{combined with a final operation, e.g. shaping (injection-compression moulding B29C 45/561)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

e.g. irradiation

US20100156007 figure 1,

media223.png

addition of an insert

EP495219, fig 2

media224.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Post thermal treatment of articles

B29C 45/7207

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

In-mould coating

B29C 37/0028

{Shaping}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Moulding processes comprising a shaping step after moulding.

Shaping refers to after treatment by mechanical means, e.g. bending, cutting, drilling, punching.

EP546950 shows in fig 1 & fig 2 a bending step.

media225.png

EP381023

media226.png

{Joined by injection moulding}
Special rules of classification

Documents classified in this group are not additionally classified in B29C 45/16

{of objects with parts connected by a thin section, e.g. hinge, tear line}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Moulding processes, whereby the thin section is part of the moulded material

EP775639, figures 3, 4.

media227.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Using movable wall parts for making orifices in or through the moulded article

B29C 45/5675

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulding single grooves, ribs, e.g. tear lines in general

B29C 37/0057

{Reciprocating the moulding material inside the mould cavity, e.g. push-pull injection moulding}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Moulding processes whereby the material is 'swung' between several positions in/around the cavity. The material flow is not limited to one direction.

EP188120 figures 2 & 3

media228.png

EP442255 fig 3,4.

media229.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Applying vibration to mould parts

B29C 45/568

{General arrangement or lay-out of plants (B29C 45/1468 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Plants showing several working positions or operations, e.g. EP576196

media230.png

Lay out of plants, e.g.

EP765726

media231.png

DE19634843, fig 4.

media232.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Plants for encapsulating articles mounted on a carrier, e.g. lead frame

B29C 45/1468

Transfer moulding, i.e. transferring the required volume of moulding material by a plunger from a "shot" cavity into a mould cavity
Definition statement

This place covers:

Transfer moulding, whereby a shot cavity is provided within the mould. The material is transferred from the shot cavity into the mould cavity/cavities. The plunger is also part of the mould, the transfer takes place within a closed mould.

EP646948, fig 3.

media233.png

Relationships with other classification places

The difference between transfer moulding and compression moulding, is that in case of the latter, the material is compressed while closing the mould and not by separate mould parts after closing.

A typical example of compression moulding

EP510414, fig 3 & 4

media234.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Resin transfer moulding

B29C 70/48

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Compression moulding with pressing members independently movable of the parts for opening and closing the mould

B29C 43/361

{Plunger drives; Pressure equalizing means for a plurality of transfer plungers}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Drives or pressure equalizing means.

JP5329870, hydraulic chamber 9.

media235.png

EP0778116

media236.png

Injection moulding apparatus (transfer moulding B29C 45/02)
Definition statement

This place covers:

The configuration of the injection moulding apparatus

EP34203, fig 3.

media237.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Injection apparatuses combining the feeding means with opening, closing or clamping means

B29C 45/70

{Injection pistols}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Mainly hand-held injection moulding machines

US2995159

media238.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Spray-up equipment for coating a mould, a core or other equipment:

B29C 41/365

Hand tools for applying fluid in general

B05C 17/00

using movable moulds {or mould halves} (B29C 45/08 takes precedence)
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP0268174

media239.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Movable moulds for making multilayered or multicoloured articles

B29C 45/1615

{involving at least a linear movement (B29C 45/0433 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

US20060172039

media240.pngmedia241.png

{co-operating with fixed mould halves}
Definition statement

This place covers:

DE29517714U

media242.png

{mounted on a conveyor belt or chain}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP0577169

media243.png

{involving a rotational movement (B29C 45/06 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

DE10120267

media244.png

EP351895, fig 9/10.

media245.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Rotatable moulds or mould halves mounted on a turntable

B29C 45/06

{mounted on the circumference of a rotating support having a rotating axis perpendicular to the mould opening, closing or clamping direction}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP42012

media246.png

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents, the following words/expressions are often used with the meaning indicated:

"circumference"

"surface "

{mounted} on a turntable {, i.e. on a rotating support having a rotating axis parallel to the mould opening, closing or clamping direction}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Injection moulding machines comprising a turntable, being a horizontal moving table with complete moulds or mould halves (the mould halves are covered by B29C 45/062). The rotation axis is normally parallel to the open/closing axis of the moulds.

WO9739870

media247.png,

EP0529940

media248.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Turntables for presses

B30B 15/0023

{carrying mould halves co-operating with fixed mould halves}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP300068 fig 1

media249.png

US20060177539

media250.png

using movable injection units
Definition statement

This place covers:

Injection moulding processes, whereby EACH moulding cycle, the injection unit is MOVED and removed.

US3924994, fig 1& 2.

media251.png

{cooperating with two or more moulds}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP438721 fig 1,2 position A & B

media252.png

moving with the mould during the injection operation
Definition statement

This place covers:

Injection moulding processes, whereby the injection unit and the mould move at the same time. FR2155808 dashed line 5

media253.png

using moulds or injection units usable in different arrangements or combinations to each other
Definition statement

This place covers:

Different arrangements or combinations concerning the mould AND the injection unit.

Different arrangement of the mould and injection unit DE2543448, fig 1 & 2

media254.png

Different combination of the mould and injection unit EP138169, fig 1 & 2

media255.png

Note that the different arrangement or combination are not related to one moulding cycle but to a long period of use.

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Moulds in different combinations

B29C 45/2673

using two or more fixed moulds, e.g. in tandem {(B29C 45/076 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

The INJECTION UNIT cooperates with BOTH MOULDS through a runner channel.

EP326175, figure 16

media256.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Stack moulds

B29C 45/32

{using a material distributing system}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP265603 fig 1

media257.png

EP13118 fig 2,

media258.png

WO9702126 fig 2.

media259.png

using two or more injection units co-operating with a single mould
Definition statement

This place covers:

Several injection units, typically for quickly filling one mould.

FR2381616, figure 1

media260.png

US2293304, figure 1

media261.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Multi-component injection moulding

B29C 45/16

incorporating preformed parts or layers, e.g. injection moulding around inserts or for coating articles {(B29C 45/1671 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP492052 fig 1 & 2, label A.

media262.png

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents, the following words/expressions are often used as synonyms:

  • "inserts","preformed parts", "articles", "films" and "preformed layers"
{Inserting articles into the mould (B29C 45/14827 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Usually robots for inserting the to be overmoulded articles into the mould cavity

EP373023, figure 1

media263.png

Relationships with other classification places

Attention is being paid to the difference between B29C 45/14008 and B29C 45/14065, B29C 45/14008 concerns the inserting of the articles INTO the mould. B29C 45/14065 concerns the positioning of the already inserted article WITHIN the mould (cavity).

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Handling of preformed parts in general

B29C 31/008

Inserting labels or films into blow moulds

B29C 49/2408

Feeding of linings or labels for thermoforming

B29C 51/165

Locating or holding inserts in metal casting

B22D 17/24

Orienting articles in an article feeder for assembling machines

B23P 19/002

{Intermittently feeding endless articles, e.g. transfer films, to the mould (B29C 45/14262 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Non-continuous feeding of a film

EP101095, fig 2

media264.png

{and punching or cutting a portion from the endless articles during mould closing}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP231670, punch mechanism 3

media265.png

{Transferring the inserts from a storage space inside the mould to the mould cavity}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP37032 fig 3 & 4.

media266.png

media267.png

Inserts are introduced in storage space 10 inside the mould and when the mould is closed, one insert is transferred each moulding cycle by transfer means 27.

{Positioning or centering articles in the mould}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP257681 pin 110 in fig 11(means are here part of the insert)

media268.png

Relationships with other classification places

Where B29C 45/14008 concerns the inserting of the insert INTO the mould, B29C 45/14065 concerns the positioning or centering in the cavity of the already inserted insert.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds with incorporated means for centering inserts in general

B29C 33/12

Moulds using magnetic means for positioning inserts in general

B29C 33/16

Moulds using vacuum to position inserts in general

B29C 33/18

{using means being retractable during injection}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP257681, retracting pins

media269.png

{the inserts being deformed or preformed, e.g. by the injection pressure}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP782908 insert S

media270.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping linings by compression of the moulding material

B29C 43/184

{the inserts being positioned around an edge of the injected part}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Moulding of edge wrapped articles

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Lining or sheeting by folding, winding, bending or the like

B29C 63/04

{by tools, e.g. cutting means}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Deformation by mechanical means

EP721831, fig 1-3,

media271.png

media272.png

EP592768, fig 1,

media273.png

P517614, parts 11a, fig 1

media274.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Deformation by injection pressure

B29C 45/1418, B29C 45/14196

{using means for bonding the coating to the articles (B29C 45/14795 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Bonding means, e.g. adhesives, chemical means, locking configurations

EP976519, perforation in fig 2.

media275.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Measures or configurations for obtaining an anchoring effect in contacting areas general

B29C 37/0078

{Coating a portion of the article, e.g. the edge of the article (B29C 45/14573 and B29C 45/14598 take precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Moulding processes, whereby a part of the insert is outside the cavity during the moulding process. EP1013392 fig 7, insert 4, coating 6 & 8

media276.png

EP727289, only handle of the insert

media277.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Coating the edge of articles at spaced locations

B29C 45/14573

Coating a portion of tubular articles

B29C 45/14598

{Moulding in or through a hole in the article, e.g. outsert moulding}
Definition statement

This place covers:

outsert moulding: EP65220, insert 8 is, at least partially OUTSIDE the moulding material 14

media278.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Permeable inserts

B29C 45/14795

Moulding in general on a relative small portion of the preformed part e.g. outsert moulding

B29C 70/74

{using an additional insert, e.g. a fastening element}
Definition statement

This place covers:

The use of an additional fastening element in combination with partial coating of an insert only (note: B29C 45/14467 takes precedence)

EP468713, fig 2 insert 2 and additional fastening means 12

media279.png

EP436438 with additional fastening means 22 & 27 (fig 2 & 3).

media280.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulding in general on a relative small portion of preformed parts to be joined

B29C 70/845

{Coating a portion of a bundle of inserts, e.g. making brushes}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP676268

media281.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Brushes characterised by mouldable materials for fixing the bristles

A46B 3/04

Moulding or casting a brush body around bristles or tufts

A46D 3/005

{Coating profiles or strips by injecting end or corner or intermediate parts}
Definition statement

This place covers:

GB1431460, fig 2 corner 5;

media282.png

US4778550 end part 22

media283.png

{Sealing means between mould and article}
Definition statement

This place covers:

The application of separate sealing means, as well as sealing by mould parts, e.g. core mould and cavity walls

EP0845340-fig 4, seals 140 & 142,

media284.png

JP63-67127, sealing members 3 & 4

media285.png

JP63-89313, seals 6a & 6b,

media286.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Sealing means for sealing off parts of the insert during moulding in general

B29C 33/0044

{Coating brittle material, e.g. glass (B29C 45/14377, B29C 45/14418 take precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Moulding on glass inserts

Moulding on windscreens, whereby the windscreen is not made out of the brittle material glass, but out of a transparent plastic.

{Joining articles or parts of a single article (B29C 45/14377, B29C 45/14385, B29C 45/14581, B29C 45/14614 and B29C 45/006 take precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP792960, fig 2 parts 1 & 7, connected by material 10

media287.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Joining articles moulded in separate cavities as final operation

B29C 45/006

Joining tubular articles

B29C 45/14614

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Joining preformed parts by the expansion of the moulding material

B29C 44/1228

Joining of preformed parts by moulding

B29C 65/70

Moulding in general on preformed parts to be joined

B29C 70/84

Casting around parts for joining

B22D 19/04

Key-type connections formed by solidification of injected material

F16B 3/005

{Joining juxtaposed parts of a single article, e.g. edges of a folded container blank}
Definition statement

This place covers:

FR2272816 fig 1 & 2

media288.png

GB1360801 fig 1 part 5

media289.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Machines for making boxes by folding sheets combined with injection moulding for joining opposed edges

B31B 50/26, B31B 50/61

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms or expressions are used with the meaning indicated:

Juxtaposed

is being defined as lying next to each other within the same plane, while the juxtaposed parts touch each other along one edge

{Injecting material between coaxial articles, e.g. between a core and an outside sleeve for making a roll}
Definition statement

This place covers:

WO0024561, fig 2, parts 31 and 33 connected by plastic 29

media290.png

{Joining juxtaposed sheet-like articles, e.g. for making trim panels}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP953423 fig 1-3, articles 11-13

media291.png

EP376263, fig 4, sheets 1a, 1b.

media292.png

EP829337 fig 6 & fig 10.

media293.png

{Coating rod-like, wire-like or belt-like articles (B29C 45/14426 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP719628, figure 1, rod like insert 21

media294.png

EP33848, figure 5 insulator insert 11

media295.png

WO9107934, figure 3.

media296.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Assembly methods and manufacture of light guides

G02B 6/3833

{at spaced locations, e.g. coaxial-cable wires}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP225846, fig 4 wire 3, several plastic locations 21

media297.png.

EP221851, fig 6. Insert 1, plastics 22,23

media298.png

{Coating the edge of the article, e.g. for slide-fasteners}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP641637 Insert 1, 24 at THE EDGE, at SPACED LOCATIONS.

media299.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Pressure die casting of slide fasteners

B22D 17/16

Producing fasteners with separate interlocking members

B29D 5/02

{Coating the cross-over points of articles in the form of a network}
Definition statement

This place covers:

GB1128619 Inserts 20 & 20, plastic 18,

media300.png

FR1435472, figure 2, wire 11 & 21, plastic 20

media301.png

{Coating annular articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Insert moulding processes for making rollers, wheels, bearings, tyres

EP712708 fig 1. Insert 21 & 22 - annular cavity C.

media302.png

EP287495, fig 1. Retreading of a tyre.

media303.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Producing roller bodies

B29D 99/0032

Assembling wheels on an axle for making a castor

B60B 33/0028

Guiding rollers, wheels or the like formed by or on the outer element of a single bearing

F16C 13/006

{Coating tubular articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

US6210621, fig 4- 6 Part 61 is moulded onto part 8d.

media304.png

EP810073, fig 12

media305.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulding on the end part of tubular articles in general

B29C 70/766

Producing rollers of cylinders

B29D 99/0035

Special rules of classification

Note that although the article is often coated only partly, the classification is only done in B29C 45/14598, since it takes precedence over B29C 45/14336

{Joining tubular articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP79575, fig 1 & 2. Plastic 12 and 14 connect the tubes 1, 2 and 3.

media306.png

{Lining the inner or outer surface of tubular articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

WO9317847, fig 1-6, tubular article 12, core inside for pressure compensation, lining 30

media307.png

media308.png

media309.png

{Coating reinforcements (fibre reinforcements B29C 45/0005)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Overmoulding of reinforcements, being an insert not forming a part of the moulding material before the moulding process:

e.g. overmoulding single wires or fibres, overmoulding metal parts used as reinforcement.

EP487476

media310.png

EP439033

media311.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Injection moulding using fibre reinforced plastics

B29C 45/0005

Incorporating articles with special properties

B29C 45/14778

Resin transfer moulding

B29C 70/48

{for obtaining an insulating effect, e.g. for electrical components}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Overmoulding only when the disclosed moulding process is of importance due to the potentially very wide scope of possible applications (see also the informative references).

EP446489, fig 11

media312.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

IC or chip cards

B42D 25/00, G06K 19/07745

Cables, conductors

H01B 13/06

Resistors

H01C 17/02, H01C 1/034

Transformer, windings

H01F 41/127, H01F 27/022, H01F 41/005

Capacitors

H01G 13/00, H01G 4/002

LEDs

H01L 33/00

Plugs, electric contacts

H01R 43/24

Repairing electric cables, joints, connectors

H02G 1/00, H02G 1/145

Machine engines, motors

H02K 15/12

Sealed casings

H05K 5/06

Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components

H05K 13/00

{Making flat card-like articles with an incorporated IC or chip module, e.g. IC or chip cards}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Moulding processes, whereby the chip is embedded during the moulding process.

EP481557

media313.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Identity cards and the like

B42D 25/00

Mounting details of chip cards in general

G06K 19/07745

{connected to or mounted on a carrier, e.g. lead frame}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP489349, fig 4, chip 22, lead frame 18. Runner 412 & Gate 416, 418. The moulding step in this group usually concerns transfer moulding.

media314.png

Relationships with other classification places

The scope of this group is small in comparison to a typical related product group like H01L 21/565, since B29C 45/14655 is limited to disclosures related to the moulding process as such.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds for encapsulating semi-conductors

H01L 21/565

Apparatus for sealing, encapsulating for manufacturing or treating semiconductor or solid state devices

H01L 21/67126

{Plants therefor}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP825006, fig 1. Loading, unloading, etc.

media315.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Plants in general

B29C 45/0084

{Coating articles provided with a decoration}
Relationships with other classification places

In B29C 45/14688, the insert is the decoration itself or the insert comprises a decoration and nothing more.

In the case with a plurality of layers where the decoration layer is one of them, the classification is B29C 45/14811

Furthermore, typical for B29C 45/14688 is that the moulding process is adapted or optimised for coating articles with a decoration.

Standard film overmoulding is classified B29C 45/14778, even if the film is provided with a decoration.

WO98/09790, fig 2 & 5, insert 18 and plastic 28.

media316.png

media317.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Incorporating decorated single layer or multi layered films by standard moulding processes

B29C 45/14778, B29C 45/14811

Applying transfer foils

B29C 45/14827

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms or expressions are used with the meaning indicated:

Decoration

A film provided with ink, paint or like means to create a decorative effect or information.

{being in movable or releasable engagement with the coating, e.g. bearing assemblies}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Overmoulding inserts that can move relatively to the plastic after finishing the moulding process. Typically applied for making bearings and to preventing adhesion.

EP27770, insert 37 and plastic 16.

media318.png

{the article consisting of a material with particular properties, e.g. porous, brittle}
Definition statement

This place covers:

E.g. moulding on films

Special rules of classification

In this group, it is of upmost importance that the material, condition or the property of the insert is identified by allocating the appropriate Indexing Code as provided in the subclass B29K

{Fibrous material or fibre containing material, e.g. fibre mats or fibre reinforced material}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Moulding processes whereby inserts are coated, but not impregnated

EP547625, insert 13 is not completely impregnated but coated at only one side

media319.png

JP5269785

media320.png

Relationships with other classification places

The difference between B29C 45/14786 and resin transfer moulding (B29C 70/48) is the way of coating.

In the group B29C 45/14786, the fibrous insert is not completely impregnated but coated at only one side.

A process, whereby an insert of fibrous material is complete impregnated refers to resin transfer moulding, even if the process is done by injection moulding.

Coating of single fibres/wires is classified B29C 45/14631

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Coating reinforcement

B29C 45/14631

Resin transfer moulding

B29C 70/48

{Porous or permeable material, e.g. foam}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP743155 fig 8a-8d, directly injection on two layers of foam.

media321.png

media322.png

Relationships with other classification places

Note the difference between B29C 45/14795 and B29C 45/14811.

Moulding processes, whereby material is injected directly on foam, is covered by B29C 45/14795.

In the case of a multilayer insert where one of the layers consist of foam, the classification is B29C 45/14811

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Coating multilayered articles

B29C 45/14811

{Multilayered articles (B29C 45/14827 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP1025973, fig 1, release layer, protecting layer, etc.

media323.png

Injection fig 7 & 8.

media324.png

Relationships with other classification places

Concerning the preference of B29C 45/14827, it should be taken into account that this preference concerns either a double layered product where one layer is the transfer foil or a multilayered product, but were the invention concerns the use transfer foil as such (the identity of the other layers are not important for the invention).

Moulding processes, where the invention concerns the making of the multilayered inserts and where the fact that one of the layers can be removed is only disclosed on the level of additional information, is covered by the group B29C 45/14811.

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Insert and adhesive layer only

B29C 45/14311

Insert with only decoration, paint, ink

B29C 45/14688

Coating a porous layer

B29C 45/14795

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

laminated inserts overmoulded by injection moulding (Japanese F-term)

4F206/AD20, 4F206/AG03

Special rules of classification

In this group, it is highly desirable to identify every layer of the insert by allocating the appropriate Indexing Code as provided in the subclass B29K, or even the ones provided in B29L

Typical examples:

Fabric layers: B29K 2713/00

Scratch resistant layers, Abrasion resistant layers, protection layers: B29K 2995/0089

Barrier layers for gases: B29K 2995/0067

Decorative layers: B29K 2995/002

Porous layers, foam layers: B29K 2715/003

Adhesive layers: B29K 2715/006

Paint layers: B29L 2009/006

Layers with a metalized surface: B29L 2009/008

Hydrophobic layers: B29K 2995/0093

Hologram layers: B29L 2031/7224

{the inserts being completely encapsulated}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Making of golf balls by insert moulding

EP425933

media325.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Completely encapsulating reinforcement

B29C 45/14631

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Positioning articles in the mould by means being retractable during the injection

B29C 45/14073

{using a transfer foil detachable from the insert}
Definition statement

This place covers:

E.g. applying transfer foils to obtain decorative moulded articles.

Multilayered inserts whereby one layer is transfer foil to be removed from the remaining insert during the moulding process.

WO9516555, the dye material is transferred from the support layer to the plastic, the support layer is afterwards removed.

media326.jpg

Making multilayered or multicoloured articles {(B29C 45/0062 takes precedence; feeding colouring materials into the injection unit B29C 45/1816)}
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Injection moulding of successively moulded portions rigidly joined to each other

B29C 45/0003

Injection moulding of interconnected elements which are movable with respect to each other

B29C 45/0017

Joining articles injection moulded in separate cavities by injection moulding as final operation

B29C 45/0062

{The materials being injected at different moulding stations}
Special rules of classification

If of general interest, classification as provided in the B29C 45/04 and it subgroups can be allocated to documents classified in this group, typically at additional information level to identify the type of mould movement. Exceptionally the classification in B29C 45/04 or its subgroup can be added at inventive level, if the alleged invention relates to the movement of the mould, whereby said movement is of general interest and use.

{with a non-uniform dispersion of the moulding material in the article, e.g. resulting in a marble effect}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Co-extruding a multicoloured striated pattern

B29C 48/175

{Removable partitions between adjacent mould cavity portions}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Multi-component injection moulding processes whereby the second cavity is present before movement of the displaceable mould part.

{having a "sandwich" structure (B29C 45/1603 takes precedence)}
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Multiway nozzles

B29C 45/1603

{Injecting parison-like articles (B29C 45/1643 takes precedence)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Blow moulding of parisons with at least one injected layer

B29C 2949/3032

{with an insert}
Special rules of classification

In this class it is highly desirable to identify all aspects related to insert moulding by allocating the appropriate classification as provided for in B29C 45/14 and subgroups at additional information level.

{using exchangeable mould halves}
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Multi-component injection moulding using different moulding stations

B29C 45/1615

{Injecting parison-like articles (B29C 45/1625, B29C 45/1643 and B29C 45/1646 take precedence)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Blow moulding of parisons with at least one injected layer

B29C 2949/3032

Component parts, details or accessories; Auxiliary operations
Definition statement

This place covers:

filters not in the nozzle located

exchanging runner channels

locking of mold halves during transport

{using a particular environment during moulding, e.g. moisture-free or dust-free}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Moulding in an environment of inert gasses, reactive gasses, e.g. for preventing mould sweating or plastic oxidation

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Injection moulding in vacuum environment

B29C 45/34

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Casting under special conditions

B29C 39/42

Compression moulding under special conditions

B29C 43/56

Blow moulding in a particular environment

B29C 49/46

Moulding in general using a particular environment

B29C 2791/005

Clean rooms for manipulators

B25J 21/005

{Introducing an auxiliary fluid into the mould (B29C 45/1701 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

the application of cooling or heating fluids as auxiliary fluid, counterpressure methods

{the fluid being introduced into the interior of the injected material which is still in a molten state, e.g. for producing hollow articles (B29C 45/1732 and B29C 45/1734 take precedence; injection blow-moulding B29C 49/06)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

IGM (internal gas moulding)

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

EGM (external gas moulding)

B29C 45/174

{using particular fluids or fluid generating substances}
Definition statement

This place covers:

E.g. the use of a plurality of gasses, refrigerating gasses, and other substances in combination with standard fluid

{Nozzles for introducing the fluid through the mould gate, e.g. incorporated in the injection nozzle}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Blow needles for blow moulding

B29C 49/58

{Applying a pressurised fluid to the outer surface of the injected material inside the mould cavity, e.g. for preventing shrinkage marks}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EGM (External Gas Moulding)

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Special rules of classification

This technology is mainly applied for avoiding shrinkage marks, however these documents are not additionally being classified in B29C 45/0025

{Mounting of moulds; Mould supports (mounting of exchangeable mould inserts B29C 45/2675)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Mounting of moulds in general

B29C 33/305

Mould plates mounted on frames

B29C 33/307

Mounting of stampers

B29C 45/263

{Mould support platens}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Means for maintaining press tables or press platens against deflection

B30B 15/007

{Tie-rod connections}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Mounting of press columns in presses

B30B 15/045

{Retractable tie-rods}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Mounting of press columns in presses

B30B 15/045

{Adjustment means allowing the use of moulds of different thicknesses}
Definition statement

This place covers:

the control and regulation of mould thickness adjustment

{Cleaning or purging, e.g. of the injection unit (B29C 45/24 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

cleaning the injection unit

cleaning the mould

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Cleaning of moulds and cores in general

B29C 33/72

Cleaning extruder parts

B29C 48/27

{Handling of moulds or mould parts, e.g. mould exchanging means (moulds per se B29C 45/26)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Handling of moulds in general

B29C 31/006

Mounting of moulds

B29C 33/305

{Exchanging the injection unit or parts thereof}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Exchanging extruder parts

B29C 48/256

{Means for guiding movable mould supports or injection units on the machine base or frame; Machine bases or frames (B29C 45/1747 takes precedence)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Mould plates mounted on frames:

B29C 33/307

{Handling of moulded articles or runners, e.g. sorting, stacking, grinding of runners}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Sorting, guiding, stacking, grinding

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

shaping of moulded articles

B29C 45/0055

heating and/or cooling moulded parts

B29C 45/7207

{Display units or mountings therefor; Switch cabinets}
Definition statement

This place covers:

(mechanical) features of the display unit itself.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

using visualisation means in moulding processes general

B29C 2037/906

{Connecting parts, e.g. injection screws, ejectors, to drive means}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Drive connections for presses

B30B 15/068

{Nozzle touch mechanism}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Adjusting the nozzle in respect to the mould

Feeding the material into the injection moulding apparatus {, i.e. feeding the non-plastified material into the injection unit}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Dispensing moulding material from hoppers in general

B29C 31/02

Feeding of the material to be moulded

B29C 31/04

Feeding the material to be extruded

B29C 48/285

{Feeding measured doses}
Definition statement

This place covers:

feeding of tablets, preforms

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Injection of preformed charges of material

B29C 45/462

{Feeding auxiliary material, e.g. colouring material}
Definition statement

This place covers:

E.g. feeding auxiliary material into the runner channel, the auxiliary material can for example be recycled material or fibre reinforcements

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Feeding additives to the extruder

B29C 48/29

{Changing the kind or the source of material, e.g. using a plurality of hoppers}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Changing the feed from hoppers containing the same material or different materials, using one hopper to which different materials are supplied

Material switches

Injection nozzles {(B29C 45/1603 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

The machine nozzle, injecting the moulding material into the mould

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Machine nozzles specially adapted for multi-component injection moulding

B29C 45/1603

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Runner nozzles, i.e. the nozzles located within the mould

B29C 45/27

Multiple nozzle systems
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Using a material distribution system for two or more fixed moulds

B29C 45/125

{Needle valve systems therefor}
Definition statement

This place covers:

needles valves that are pushed against a seat inside of a nozzle.

Cleaning equipment
Definition statement

This place covers:

all filters, when they are located upstream of the nozzle within the injection unit.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Filters in the mould

B29C 45/17

Filters in extrusion nozzles or dies

B29C 48/69

Filtering material to be shaped

B29B 13/10

Moulds
Definition statement

This place covers:

Moulds for particular articles

EP263575

Special rules of classification

Attention for the assignment of the Indexing Codes as provided in the subclass B29L!

{Mould construction elements}
Definition statement

This place covers:

DE4337942, fig 1 Klinkenzug (=constructional element) to allow the several mould elements to move in a certain order.

media327.png

DE4124590, fig 4, interconnecting elements

media328.png

{Guiding or centering means}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Guiding and centering of the moulds relatively to each

Guiding and centering a mould half on the mould carrier plate

DE1951908, fig 2,

media329.png

US5776517, cf. centering means 10

media330.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Centering mould halves or parts in general

B29C 33/303

{Mould seals}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP958908, Element 106 is a sealing element.

media331.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Applying a sealing means as an insert

B29C 45/14418

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds in general provided with sealing means

B29C 33/0038

Compression moulds provided with means to avoid flashes

B29C 43/38

Die seals for pressure casting

B22D 17/2227

{having tubular mould cavities}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP852339 optical connectors, fig 7b, 51,52 = tubular

media332.png

EP501091, fittings, element G in figure 7

media333.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Producing pipe or pipe joints

B29D 23/001

Ferrules for optical fibres

G02B 6/3885

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms or expressions are used with the meaning indicated:

Tubular

refers to being open at both ends and hollow

{for manufacturing tubular articles with an annular groove}
Definition statement

This place covers:

DE2633050 see element 13, fig 2.

media334.png

GB2145364

media335.png

DE2757756

media336.png

{having annular mould cavities}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Producing tyres or parts thereof by injection moulding

B29D 30/0678

{provided with unscrewing drive means (unscrewing means outside the mould B29C 45/178)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds in general for stripping articles from a mould core using a rotating movement: to unscrew articles

B29C 33/446

Discharging articles by stripping from a mould core using a rotating movement: to unscrew articles

B29C 37/0021

{provided with a multiplicity of wall-like cavities connected to a common cavity, e.g. for battery cases}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Producing casings, e.g. accumulator cases

B29D 99/006

{provided with a multiplicity of narrow cavities connected to a common cavity, e.g. for brushes, combs}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds with deep narrow cavities in general

B29C 33/0027

Making of toothbrushes

A46D 3/005, A46B 1/00

{with mould parts forming holes in or through the moulded article, e.g. for bearing cages}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds for making articles with holes in general

B29C 33/0033

{with mould wall parts provided with fine grooves or impressions, e.g. for record discs}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Producing phonographic records

B29D 17/002

Preparing and using a stamper for the manufacture of records or carriers

G11B 7/263

Record carriers characterised by their resin composition

G11B 23/0092

{Stampers; Mountings thereof}
Definition statement

This place covers:

the mounting of stamper layers

{Heating or cooling means therefor}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Heating or cooling the injection mould in general

B29C 45/73

{with exchangeable mould parts, e.g. cassette moulds (B29C 45/1756 takes precedence)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds with exchangeable mould parts in general:

B29C 33/306

Adjustable moulds in general:

B29C 33/308

Adjustable moulds for injection moulding:

B29C 45/376

Sprue channels {; Runner channels or runner nozzles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Sprue bushings, runner nozzles, runner channels

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Runner nozzles for multi-component injection moulding

B29C 45/1603

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Machine nozzles (i.e. the nozzles injecting the material into the mould)

B29C 45/20

{Details not specific to hot or cold runner channels (B29C 45/2725 takes precedence)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Material feeding channels in general

B29C 33/0061

{Means for controlling the runner flow, e.g. runner switches, adjustable runners or gates}
Definition statement

This place covers:

e.g. rotatable sprue bushings

{Gates (B29C 45/2703 takes precedence)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Mould filling gates in general

B29C 33/0077

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms or expressions are used with the meaning indicated:

gate

the mould part that connects the runner with the cavity or cavity entrance.

{for non-coaxial gates, e.g. for edge gates}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Side gates

{consisting of needle valve systems (B29C 45/2896 takes precedence)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Needle valves in spray nozzles in general

B05B 1/3046

having several axially spaced mould cavities {, i.e. for making several separated articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Stack moulds

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Stack moulds in general

B29C 33/0088

Presses having several platens arranged one above the other

B30B 7/02

having venting means
Definition statement

This place covers:

E.g. moulding in a vacuum environment

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds with incorporated venting means in general

B29C 33/10

Moulding using vacuum in general

B29C 2791/006

Venting means for metal casting moulds

B22D 17/145

Mould cavity walls {, i.e. the inner surface forming the mould cavity, e.g. linings}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Mould cavity wall materials

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Mould coatings in general

B29C 33/56

{provided with means for marking or patterning, e.g. numbering articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Moulds walls provided with a surface roughness

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds provided with means for marking or patterning in general

B29C 33/424

{for displaying altering indicia, e.g. data, numbers}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Mould cavity wall indicator means which are able to be adjusted in the mould.

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Indicators by exchanging parts of the cavity wall

B29C 45/2673, B29C 45/372

{adjustable (B29C 45/374 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Changing of the cavity configuration, e.g. by mould parts that are movable

Cutting-off equipment for sprues or ingates
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Cutting-off sprues in pressure die casting

B22D 17/2076

Cutting-off surplus material in metal casting

B22D 31/00

Removing or ejecting moulded articles
Definition statement

This place covers:

The process of the ejection

EP92916

media337.png

Mechanical details of the ejector (covered by B29C 45/4005 and B29C 45/401)

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds with means for removing or ejecting articles in general

B29C 33/44

Discharging articles from the mould in general

B29C 37/0003

Ejecting castings in pressure die casting

B22D 17/2236

{Ejector constructions; Ejector operating mechanisms (B29C 45/44 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP503068 fig 1, construction of the drive of the ejection unit.

media338.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Mechanical ejectors of moulds in general

B29C 33/442

{Ejector pin constructions or mountings}
Definition statement

This place covers:

WO9819845, fig 3 and 4, sealing means 13 and construction 15 are special features of the pin.

media339.png

media340.png

using means movable from outside the mould between mould parts {, e.g. robots}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Robots for removing moulded articles

EP218101

media341.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Discharging moulded articles by robots in general

B29C 37/0007

Manipulators for evacuating cast pieces in pressure die casting

B22D 17/2084

Robots in general

B25J

{and driven by the movable mould part}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP837666, the moving mould causes the rack to rotate the pignon to move the robot

media342.png

{Take-off members or carriers for the moulded articles, e.g. grippers}
Definition statement

This place covers:

The part of the robot that picks up the moulded article

EP919352

media343.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Gripping heads of manipulators in general

B25J 15/00

Gripping devices for feeding or discharging articles from a conveyor

B65G 47/90

using fluid under pressure
Definition statement

This place covers:

US4438065, fig 5 & 6, air through channel 70 & 75

media344.png

US3892512, fig 4 & 5

media345.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Using fluid pressure to remove articles from the mould in general

B29C 33/46

{introduced between a mould core and a hollow resilient undercut article, e.g. bellows}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP818297, fig 5

media346.png

EP100422 fig 1 & 2

media347.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Bellows obtained by moulding

B29L 2031/703

for undercut articles
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP595491

media348.png

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms or expressions are used with the meaning indicated:

undercut

an opening in a moulded article made by a supplementary mould part which can not move in an axial direction upon mould opening.

{by flexible movement of undercut portions of the articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

the flexible movement is the UNDERCUT PORTION of the ARTICLE

EP635351, fig 8,9,10 part 24 can move flexible

media349.png

EP510650, fig 1, undercut 44,/64. fig 2b & 4b core moves and undercut can flex away

media350.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Discharging moulded articles from the mould by deforming undercut portions of the article in general

B29C 37/0014

{using expansible or collapsible cores}
Definition statement

This place covers:

moulds comprise usually two types of cores.

US5403179, items 108 and 138 are collapsible, because of the insertable and removable pin.

The movement of the cores is linked to each other.

media351.png

US4286766

media352.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Collapsible cores or mandrels for removing or ejecting moulded articles in general

B29C 33/485

Collapsible cores for winding and joining

B29C 53/824

{using inclined, tiltable or flexible undercut forming elements driven by the ejector means}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Only undercut forming element being driven by the ejector means.

Three types of undercut forming elements are present:

Flexible:

EP1201396, fig 4, undercut forming element 3, flexing at 2, driven by 9/10

media353.png

Inclined:

US5551864, inclined element 26 driven by 24

media354.png

Tiltable (or pivotable),

US5773048, Undercut forming element 94, driven by ejector 46. See hinge 90-92 (fig 1 & 2)

media355.png

media356.png

DE19507009, figure 1

media357.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Inclined, tiltable or flexible undercut forming elements driven by other means than the ejector

B29C 45/4471

{using fusible, soluble or destructible cores}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Soluble cores, e.g. salt, ice, wax, plastic, metal

EP173447, claim 1, core 17 (fig 1-5)

media358.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Destructible cores to facilitate the removal or ejection of moulded articles in general

B29C 33/448

Soluble cores to facilitate the removal or ejection of moulded articles in general

B29C 33/52

{using flexible or pivotable undercut forming elements (B29C 45/4435 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP1223021, fig 2 & 3. The pincers of the head open automatically.

media359.png

EP421136, pivotable/tiltable. Plastic = 5, part 14/14a pivotable. The outside pivoting movement of 14 is actioned by 16.

media360.png

EP738578, fig 5-7, pivotable part 9

media361.png

media362.png

US5630977 fig 1 & 2 (flexible)

media363.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Pivotable undercut forming elements driven by the ejector

B29C 45/4435

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Elastic or flexible cores or mandrels to facilitate the removal of the moulded article

B29C 33/50

{using non-rigid undercut forming elements, e.g. elastic or resilient}
Definition statement

This place covers:

DE2609198, fig 4-6, non-rigid element 24,

media364.png

DE2239508, element 20 can act in a flexible way after rod 24 is removed

media365.png

GB2323321, inflatable means 28,

media366.png

FR1559371, element 9

media367.png

US5080576, element 16

media368.png

{Injection of preformed charges of material}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Injection of lumps, billets, tablets, preforms

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Feeding of measured doses

B29C 45/1808

Blocks, tablets as preform for moulding

B29K 2105/255

{using a rotating plasticising or injection disc}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Grooved conical discs for plasticising or injection

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Using rollers or discs in extrusion moulding

B29C 48/46

{Drive means therefor}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Drives for axially movable screws by rotation and translation or translation only

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Drives for axially movable screws by rotation only

B29C 45/47

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Hydraulic circuits in injection moulding machines as such

B29C 45/82

{Rotatable mould parts}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulding articles between moving mould surfaces

B29C 67/0003

{Applying vibrations to the mould parts}
Definition statement

This place covers:

applying vibrations to runners, gates, etc. during moulding.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Using vibrations during moulding in general

B29C 2791/008

Exerting after-pressure on the moulding material {(B29C 45/174 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

the application of dwell pressure

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Compensating volume or shape change during moulding in general

B29C 37/005

Applying pressure to compensate volume change during casting

B29C 39/405

{using movable mould wall or runner parts}
Definition statement

This place covers:

the application of dwell pressure by means incorporated in the mould, e.g. locally pressurizing pins

EP662383 (mould wall part)

media369.png

EP1052078 (runner part)

media370.png

Relationships with other classification places

The difference between injection compression moulding (B29C 45/561) and B29C 45/572 is typically that in injection compression moulding a movable mould half is used for shaping the material in the cavity, while in B29C 45/572 the already shaped material is pressed for compensating the volume change caused by the shrinkage. Pressurizing is typically done locally e.g. by pressurizing pins

It is further noted, that B29C 45/56 comprises a reference out, that B29C 45/572 takes precedence.

Details
Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of the injection unit

{Devices for influencing the material flow, e.g. "torpedo constructions" or mixing devices}
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Details of the screw

B29C 45/60

Heating or cooling of the injection unit

B29C 45/72

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Mixing devices in extrusion moulding

B29C 48/36

Extruder like static flow mixers in general

B01F 25/434

{Vibration means for the injection unit or parts thereof}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Vibrating screws or plungers

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Applying vibration to mould parts

B29C 45/568

Applying vibrations during extrusion moulding

B29C 48/14

Applying vibrations during moulding in general

B29C 2791/008

Applying vibrations during extrusion moulding of ceramics

B28B 3/205

{Injection or transfer plungers}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Injection pistons for pressure die casting

B22D 17/203

Screws
Definition statement

This place covers:

mixing parts connected to the screw

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Screws in extrusion moulding:

B29C 48/505

Barrels or cylinders
Definition statement

This place covers:

Also transfer pots

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Details of extruder barrels or cylinders

B29C 48/68

Construction of extruder barrels

B29C 48/6801

Venting or degassing means
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Venting or degassing means in extrusion moulding

B29C 48/76

Mould opening, closing or clamping devices {(combined with means for plasticising or homogenising B29C 45/70)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Mechanical, hydraulic and hydro-mechanical opening, closing & clamping means. For these aspects subgroups are present.

The remaining scope of B29C 45/64 is small, e.g. magnetic, piezoelectric, magnetostrictive means, using shape memory alloy.

DE10053424: linear motors L1 & L2

media371.png

DE4336572, magnetostrictive elements (13)

media372.png

DE3715161, electromagnet 12

media373.png

EP272138, claim 1, elongation of the tie-bar by energy storage.

media374.png

EP807508

media375.png

{Clamping devices using means for straddling or interconnecting the mould halves, e.g. jaws, straps, latches}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Clamping devices applicable to moulds which are ALREADY CLOSED.

EP1214999, fig 1, stradling means 9

media376.png

EP420098, stradling means 7b

media377.png

EP0209413, locking means 11 after closing

media378.png

WO0121378, stradling means 13

media379.png

WO9942275, mould halves 26/62 clamped by 10 (fig 2)

media380.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Clamping means operating on closed or nearly closed mould parts, the clamping means being independently movable of the opening or closing means in general

B29C 33/202

mechanical
Definition statement

This place covers:

Mechanical means for opening closing and clamping. A motor for driving the mechanical means can only be electric or servo but not hydraulic.

EP645228 fig 1 (note: this is not a toggle, then it should have been driven at point 18, it is driven at 16)

media381.png

EP627577 lever

media382.png

EP427438 fig 2, pignon/rack 11/12

media383.png

EP386233 crank mechanism fig 1a,b,c

media384.png

EP381770 40,50 ball nut & screw mechanism.

media385.png

Examples for cranks and excentrics as mechanical opening, closing and clamping means are taken from the field of presses (B30B) for reference purpose.

Cranks:

US5544577, driven crank axis is 14, 6 is like the mould

media386.png

DE403768 Driven axis is a which drives b

media387.png

Eccentrics:

DE19810425 continuous axis 4 is driven, around the excenter or cam is the bush which is rotated in an excentric way to drive part 12 for 'opening closing clamping mould 3'

media388.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Presses driven by a lever mechanism

B30B 1/02

Presses driven by cranks, cams, or eccentrics

B30B 1/26

{using a toggle mechanism for mould clamping}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP775567 screw nut drives the toggle, the toggle drives the moving mould, therefore toggle

media389.png

EP546187 fig 5 toggle

media390.png

EP427438 fig 5 rack & pignon drives the toggle

media391.png

EP164419 fig 1, servomotor 1 driving nut 4 & screw drives the toggle

media392.png

Reference is further made to several types of toggle mechanisms for mould clamping:

DE9403353U figures 1,2 and 3,

media393.png

EP573917 fig 1,

media394.png

EP383935 fig 1

media395.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Presses driven by a toggle mechanism

B30B 1/10

hydraulic
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP665093, clamping cylinder 32, opening &closing cylinder 22

hydraulic includes also other fluids & gas (e.g. pneumatic)

media396.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Hydraulic circuits in general

B29C 45/82

{without relative movement between the piston and the cylinder of the clamping device during the mould opening or closing movement}
Definition statement

This place covers:

JP10296809, during opening and closing operation by cylinder 20, the clamping force cylinder 22 is inactive and moves together with the movable platen 18. Only after closing the mould and clamping on the tie rods (locking nut & cylinder 26,28), there is a relative movement between the piston 24 and the cylinder 22 of the clamping device

media397.png

EP689924, opening & closing by cylinder 8, locking means 9 after locking clamping by cylinder 6.

media398.png

EP319487 10 = closing means, clamping on tie rod by 12, pulling & clamping by 36

media399.png

WO99/00239, closing by cylinder 5, blocking on tie rod by 19, tie rod clamped by cylinder 13

media400.png

US3862596, exceptional no clamping on the tie rods, similar no movement for the clamping cylinder

media401.png

US3833333 movable cylinder, clamping cylinder 45/47/48, opening & closing 20/21

media402.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Presses using low fluid pressure long stroke plunger for opening and closing and high pressure short stroke cylinder means

B30B 1/323

{using a separate element transmitting the mould clamping force from the clamping cylinder to the mould}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Separate element is MCFTM (mould clamping force transmitting means)

EP551099 fig 1, element 28 = MCFTM & moves with the movable mould.

media403.png

Once the mould is closed (fig 2), block plate 66, required for being able to transmit the clamping force. Note that the clamping cylinder is not operative during opening & closing

media404.png

EP513572: MCFTM 30/31.

Fig 1 mould closed, blocked position

media405.png

fig 3 & clamping force can be transmitted

media406.png

EP480351 MCFTM = element 18

media407.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Presses using low fluid pressure long stroke plunger for opening and closing and high pressure short stroke cylinder means

B30B 1/323

{the separate element being displaceable with respect to the mould or the clamping cylinder}
Definition statement

This place covers:

MCFTM (mould clamping force transmission means, cf. B29C 45/6714) is 'removable'.

GB1220970 MCFTM 15 is put in between only when the mould is closed, see fig 1, otherwise opening & closing cylinder 6,7 would not be able to open the mould.

media408.png

GB1032477 element 8 = removable MCFTM (fig 1 & 2)

media409.png

FR2084078 removable MCFTM = element 44

media410.png

{the separate element consisting of coupling rods}
Definition statement

This place covers:

tie rods mounted on and movable with the movable mould plate and coupled to the fixed mould plate during mould clamping. Bayonet couplings are typically applied.

The separate mould clamping force transmission means, (SMCFTM) is the coupling rod 164 in EP296410, coupling means 180.

media411.png

WO8902357, SMCFTM = coupling members 12,13. clamping by 16.

media412.png

GB2064415 clamping bush 31, piston 18.

media413.png

{using hydraulically connectable chambers of the clamping cylinder during the mould opening and closing movement}
Definition statement

This place covers:

JP7186220, hydraulic chambers A1 & A2 are able to communicate through passage 19 and valve 21 during the opening and closing movement of the clamping die. Note the difference in active piston surface area on the left side and right side of 11

Clamping pressure is typically applied to only one of the chambers (A1), note the possibility of fluid leakage through 23 & 25.

media414.png

EP281330, fig 1, cylinder 27 during closing volume hydraulic chamber decreases so hydraulic oil moves through 33 into W. Fig 2, valve 34 is closed and high pressure oil is fed from pump 14 to W.

media415.png

{the connection being provided within the clamping cylinder}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP342235, see fig 1,2 the different diameter clamping piston & cylinder. After closing, no connection between chamber 1a & 1b. In fig 1, the oil still flows between the chambers.

media416.png

In fig 2, clamping is possible (chamber 1b).

media417.png

EP281329, opening 47 can be closed by valve 52.

Fig 4, open.

media418.png

Figure 6, closed valve, now high pressure in room B, possible to clamp. The connection is done through the plunger.

media419.png

{Stroke adjusting or limiting means}
Definition statement

This place covers:

DE2203020 cf. element 3

media420.png

hydro-mechanical
Definition statement

This place covers:

WO9211993, closing by screw/nut (fig 1), hydraulic chamber 19 for clamping.

media421.png

DE10103983

media422.png

{using a toggle mechanism as mould clamping device}
Definition statement

This place covers:

EP192484, piston 4 drives the toggle 5 for opening, closing and clamping.

media423.png

WO8900914, cf. fig 1

media424.png

{using both a toggle mechanism as mould closing device and another mechanism as mould clamping device}
Definition statement

This place covers:

FR2317982, closing by toggle. The toggle is only used for closing, not for clamping. A separate cylinder (6,7,8) is provided for clamping.

media425.png

FR2302187, Closing of toggle 5,6 by cylinder 1.Separate means (14) for clamping

media426.png

Heating or cooling
Definition statement

This place covers:

Heating or cooling of the mould (covered by B29C 45/73), the moulded articles (covered by B29C 45/7207), the injection unit (covered by B29C 45/74) as well as the mould and the injection unit (covered by B29C 45/72).

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Heating or cooling means for moulds provided with fine grooves or impressions

B29C 45/263

Heating or cooling means for runner channels

B29C 45/2737

Heating of tablets

B29C 45/462

{of the moulded articles}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Cooling preforms during blow moulding:

B29C 49/6427

Cooling in general:

F25D 13/065

of the mould {(B29C 45/2642 and B29C 45/2737 take precedence)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds with incorporated heating or cooling means in general

B29C 33/02

Cooling or heating equipment for pressure casting dies

B22D 17/2218

Press plates with heating or cooling means

B30B 15/064

{Control circuits therefor}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Tempering units for temperature control of moulds or cores in general

B29C 35/007

of the injection unit
Definition statement

This place covers:

heating of the injection unit, including everything which belongs to it, e.g. hopper, cylinder.

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Heating and cooling of the injection unit AND the mould

B29C 45/72

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Heating or cooling of the extrusion cylinder

B29C 48/83

Measuring, controlling or regulating {(measuring in general G01; controlling or regulating in general G05)}
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Control and regulation of mould thickness adjustments

B29C 45/1751

Special rules of classification

Document classified in B29C 45/76 and subgroups are indexed by allocating B29C 2945/00 Indexing Codes to identify all aspect related to what, how, when, where the measurement is done and what, how, where and when the regulation is done. .

{the ejection or removal of moulded articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

e.g. using a camera or laser to inspect if an article has been correctly ejected, the process of ejection.

Special rules of classification

Since B29C 45/7626 takes precedence over B29C 45/84, inspection systems for controlling the ejection, including an alarm system as a safety device, are only classified in B29C 45/7626.

{the ejected articles, e.g. weight control}
Relationships with other classification places

Measuring and controlling of the articles once they are ejected.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Control of the ejection process of moulded articles

B29C 45/7626

Hydraulic {or pneumatic} circuits
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Hydraulic or pneumatic circuits for mould clamping

B29C 45/67

Lubricating means
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Release agents, lubricating means for mould cavity walls

B29C 33/60

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Cleaning or lubricating moulds in pressure die casting

B22D 17/2007

Lubricating means for presses

B30B 15/0088, B30B 15/0011

Safety devices {(B29C 45/7626 takes precedence)}
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Safety devices for the ejection process

B29C 45/7626

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Safety devices for pressure die casting

B22D 17/2092

{Detection of insert defects, e.g. inaccurate position, breakage}
Definition statement

This place covers:

e.g. detection of broken glass to be overmoulded, misfeeding the inserts

Extrusion moulding, i.e. expressing the moulding material through a die or nozzle which imparts the desired form; Apparatus therefor (extrusion blow-moulding B29C 49/04)
Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes whereby material of substances in a plastic state (e.g. polymers) are being pressed through a nozzle, thereby obtaining a cross sectional shape. This shape could be any hollow or solid shape.

Combinations of extrusion and other shaping techniques.

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Extrusion blow-moulding

B29C 49/04

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Apparatus for additive manufacturing

B29C 64/20

Combined blow-moulding and manufacture of the preform or the parison, whereby the parison is being partly injected and partly extruded

B29C 2949/3032, B29C 2949/3041

Mixing dough

A21C 1/00

Mixing chocolate

A23G

Mixing in general, phases

B01F 23/00

Mixing in general, mixer types

B01F 25/00

Mixing in general, mixers with rotary stirring devices

B01F 27/00

Hand held extruders

B05C 17/00

Extruding metal

B21C 23/00

Presses for clay or mixtures containing cement wherein material is extruded

B28B 3/20

Extruding clay

B28B 3/22

Mixing, kneading of the material to be shaped

B29B 7/00

Mixing or kneading with more than one shaft

B29B 7/46

Making preforms by extrusion moulding

B29B 11/10

Presses using a press ram

B30B 1/00

Extrusion presses

B30B 11/22

Machinery for making envelopes or bags etc

B31B

Folding and filling bags

B65B 9/08

Extruding microstructures

B81B, B81C

Reaction extrusion

C08

Formation of filaments, threads, or the like, e.g. by melt spinning

D01D 5/00

Special rules of classification

All material aspects, not only the moulding material as such, but also fillers, preformed parts of mould (die) composition has to be identified by allocating the appropriate Indexing Code of B29K. This also applies to moulding material properties, e.g. tear strength for identifying that extruded layers are easily torn apart is classified in B29K 2995/0081.

Extrusion techniques characterised by the material must be allocated a classification in B29C 48/0022.

All SHAPING CONDITIONS influencing the extrusion technique, e.g. extrusion in sterile or vacuum environments, the application of vibrations, must be identified by allocating the appropriate Indexing Code as provided in B29C 2791/004 and subgroups, as well the classification in B29C 48/14 or subgroups.

Cutting operations and printing operations must be identified by allocating the appropriate Indexing Code as provided in B29C 2793/00 and B29C 2795/00.

All ARTICLES must be identified by allocating the appropriate Indexing Codes as provided for by the subclass B29L, e.g. anchoring between layers in general, e.g. due to chemical treatment B29C 2045/1664, mechanical anchoring in general, e.g. layers gripping into each other B29C 37/0082.

COMBINATIONS of extrusion and other techniques corresponding to the subgroups of B29C 48/001 are classified in B29C 48/001 or one of its subgroups.

Orienting or stretching of extruded materials should be identified by allocation the Indexing Code B29K 2995/005 and B29K 2995/0046 or one of its subgroups.

The Indexing Codes B29C 2791/00 - B29C 2791/003 are generally not used in this group B29C 48/00.

All MEASURING and CONTROL aspects must receive the relevant code(s) in the B29C 2948/92 indexing scheme.

{combined with compression moulding}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Compression moulding, i.e. applying external pressure to flow the moulding material, e.g. foaming

B29C 43/00

Coagulating materials by using a bath

B29C 48/919

Polymer / Wood fiber composites

B27N 3/28

Moulding materials

B29K 2001/00 - B29K 2103/00

Condition form or state of the material to be shaped or moulded material

B29K 2105/00

Use of materials as reinforcements

B29K 2201/00 - B29K 2313/00

Use of materials as preformed parts, e.g. inserts

B29K 2601/00 - B29K 2713/00

Use of materials as mould material

B29K 2801/00 - B29K 2913/00

Properties of the moulding materials

B29K 2995/00

Compositions of Macromolecular compounds in general

C08L 1/00 - C08L 101/10

{producing flat articles having components brought in contact outside the extrusion die}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1477.png

{producing hollow articles having components brought in contact outside the extrusion die}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1478.png

{using a plurality of extrusion dies}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1479.png

{combined with blow-moulding or thermoforming}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Blow moulding combined with the manufacture of the preform

B29C 49/02

Thermoforming combined with the manufacture of the preform

B29C 51/02

{combined with shaping by orienting, stretching or shrinking, e.g. film blowing (B29C 48/0017 takes precedence)}
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Extrusion moulding combined with blow-moulding or thermoforming

B29C 48/0017

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Oriented material

B29K 2995/005

Special rules of classification

The Indexing Codes as provided in B29K 2995/005 and B29K 2995/0046 and subgroups should preferably be allocated to identify aspects relating to orienting or stretching.

{combined with shaping by flattening, folding or bending}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping by bending, folding, twisting, straightening or flattening of blown tubular films

B29C 53/10

Folding sheets for making bags

B31B 50/26

Folding and filling bags

B65B 9/08

{combined with surface shaping}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Surface shaping {of articles}, e.g. embossing; Apparatus therefor

B29C 59/00

{combined with joining, lining or laminating}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Lining or sheathing, i.e. applying preformed layers or sheathings of plastics; Apparatus therefor

B29C 63/00

Joining {or sealing} of preformed parts {, e.g. welding of plastics materials}; Apparatus therefor

B29C 65/00

Methods or apparatus for laminating, e.g. by curing or by ultrasonic bonding

B32B 37/00

{combined with cutting}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Cutting

B29C 2793/00

Cutting off

B29C 2793/0027

Cutting longitudinally

B29C 2793/0063

Special rules of classification

The Indexing Codes as provided in B29C 2793/00 and subgroups should preferably be allocated to identify aspects relating to the process of cutting

{combined with printing or marking}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Special rules of classification

The Indexing Codes as provided in B29C 2795/00 and subgroups should preferably be allocated to identify aspects relating to the process of printing.

Small extruding apparatus, e.g. handheld, toy or laboratory extruders
Definition statement

This place covers:

Extruders used for material testing or making test specimens for testing material properties.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Design of extruder parts, e.g. by modelling based on mathematical theories or experiments

B29C 48/251

{characterised by the choice of material}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Coagulating materials by using a bath

B29C 48/919

Polymer / Wood fiber composites

B27N 3/28

Moulding materials

B29K 2001/00 - B29K 2103/00

Condition form or state of the material to be shaped or moulded material

B29K 2105/00

Use of materials as reinforcements

B29K 2201/00 - B29K 2313/00

Use of materials as preformed parts, e.g. inserts

B29K 2601/00 - B29K 2713/00

Use of materials as mould material

B29K 2801/00 - B29K 2913/00

Properties of the moulding materials

B29K 2995/00

Compostions of Macromolecular compounds in general

C08L 1/00 - C08L 101/10

{Extruding materials comprising incompatible ingredients}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Feeding at several locations

B29C 48/297

Degradable materials

B29K 2995/0059

General arrangement or layout of plant
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Using more than one extruder to feed one die, e.g. adapter blocks

B29C 48/49

{for extruding parallel streams of material, e.g. several separate parallel streams of extruded material forming separate articles (B29C 48/0013, B29C 48/345 takes precedence)}
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Extrusion moulding in several steps

B29C 48/0013

Extrusion nozzles comprising two or more adjacently arranged ports

B29C 48/345

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Using more than one extruder to feed one die, e.g. adapter blocks

B29C 48/49

characterised by the shape of the extruded material at extrusion
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Extrusion dies or nozzles

B29C 48/30

Manufactured articles

B29L

Particle-shaped (making granules B29B 9/00)
Definition statement

This place covers:

The extrusion moulding articles characterised by their shape, the shape being particle, powder, or granule.

media1480.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Making granules

B29B 9/00

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Particles, powder, granules

B29K 2105/251

Filamentary, e.g. strands
Definition statement

This place covers:

The extrusion moulding articles characterised by their shape, the shape being filamentary (e.g. threads, fibres).

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Multiple annular extrusion nozzles in coaxial arrangement, e.g. for making multi-layered tubular articles

B29C 48/335

Producing filamentary materials

B29D 99/0078

Filamentary material

B29L 2031/731

Rod-shaped
Definition statement

This place covers:

The extrusion moulding articles characterised by their shape, the shape being non-tubular rigid (e.g. rod).

media1482.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Producing rods

B29D 99/0046

Rods

B29L 2031/06

Flat, e.g. panels
Definition statement

This place covers:

The extrusion moulding articles characterised by their shape, the shape being flat rigid (e.g. panel or plate).

media1483.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Flat articles

B29L 2007/00

Belts or bands

B29L 2029/00

flexible, e.g. films
Definition statement

This place covers:

The extrusion moulding articles characterised by their shape, the shape being flat flexible (e.g. sheet, foil, or film).

media1484.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Flat articles

B29L 2007/00

Films webs

B29L 2007/008

Belts or bands

B29L 2029/00

Articles with cross-sections having partially or fully enclosed cavities, e.g. pipes or channels
Definition statement

This place covers:

The extrusion moulding articles characterised by their shape, the shape being tubular rigid (e.g. one hole).

media1485.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Hollow articles

B29L 2022/00

Tubular articles

B29L 2023/00

Tubes or pipes, i.e. rigid

B29L 2023/22

Articles with hollow walls

B29L 2024/00

flexible, e.g. blown foils
Definition statement

This place covers:

The extrusion moulding articles characterised by their shape, the shape being tubular flexible (e.g. foil or film).

media1486.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Tubular articles

B29L 2023/00

Tubular films, sleeves

B29L 2023/001

comprising two or more partially or fully enclosed cavities, e.g. honeycomb-shaped
Definition statement

This place covers:

The extrusion moulding articles characterised by their shape, the shape being multi hole (e.g. honeycomb).

media1487.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Extruding ceramic honeycomb structures

B28B 2003/203

Producing honeycomb structures

B29D 99/0089

Multi-tubular articles

B29L 2031/60

Honeycomb

B29L 2031/608

Articles with an irregular circumference when viewed in cross-section, e.g. window profiles
Definition statement

This place covers:

The extrusion moulding articles characterised by their shape, the shape being irregular (e.g. non-flat or non-cylindrical).

media1488.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Articles having a profiled cross section

B29L 2031/003

Articles with a cross-section varying in the longitudinal direction, e.g. corrugated pipes
Definition statement

This place covers:

The extrusion moulding articles characterised by their shape, the shape being longitudinally irregular.

media1489.jpg

{Curved articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

The extrusion moulding articles characterised by their shape, the shape being curved.

media1490.jpg

characterised by the particular extruding conditions, e.g. in a modified atmosphere or by using vibration
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping conditions, e.g. vacuum

B29C 2791/004

{using force fields, e.g. gravity or electrical fields (B29C 48/9165 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Vertical extrusion

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Electrostatic pinning

B29C 48/9165

incorporating preformed parts or layers, e.g. extrusion moulding around inserts
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Relative movement between apparatus parts, e.g. moving die along preformed part to be coated

B29C 48/266

Thermal treatment of preformed parts

B29C 48/79

Applying material to surfaces

B05C 5/02

Applying material to a part of an article

B05C 5/0216

Articles comprising two or more components, e.g. co-extruded layers
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Feedblocks or adapter blocks

B29C 48/495

the components having different colours
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Applying surface layers, e.g. coatings, decorative layers

B29C 37/0025

Applying coating, colouring

B29D 11/00865, B29D 11/00894

Pigments, colouring agents

B29K 2105/0032

Materials having optical properties

B29K 2995/0018

Coloured articles

B29K 2995/002

Multi-coloured articles

B29K 2995/0021

{comprising a multi-coloured single component, e.g. striated, marbled or wood-like patterned}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1491.png

the components being layers
Definition statement

This place covers:

Co-extrusion of several components, e.g. layers

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Incorporating preformed components

B29C 48/15

Dies for co-extrusion of multi-component articles

B29C 48/304, B29C 48/335

Flow dividers for layer multiplication

B29C 48/71

Plastic layered products

B29L 2009/00

Layered products

B32B 1/00 - B32B 33/00

Methods or apparatus for laminating

B32B 37/00

{comprising six or more components, i.e. each component being counted once for each time it is present, e.g. in a layer}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Layer multiplication

B29C 48/71

the layers being joined at their edges
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1492.png

one of the layers being a strip, e.g. a partially embedded strip
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1493.png

the layers being joined at their surfaces
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1494.png

with means connecting the layers, e.g. tie layers or undercuts
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Mechanical anchoring in general, e.g. layers gripping to each other

B29C 37/0082

Anchoring between layers in general, e.g. due to chemical treatment

B29C 2045/1664

Tear strength in general, e.g. layers easily torn apart

B29K 2995/0081

with means for avoiding adhesion of the layers, e.g. for forming peelable layers
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Decreased tear strength

B29K 2995/0081

{Design of extruder parts, e.g. by modelling based on mathematical theories or experiments}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Extruder calculations, e.g. analytical or numerical, theory or experiments.

{by modelling of mechanical strength}
Definition statement

This place covers:

For example, analytical or numerical

{Drive or actuation means; Transmission means; Screw supporting means}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Drive means for presses

B30B 11/241

Gearings

F16H 1/22

{Drive or actuation means for non-plasticising purposes, e.g. dosing unit}
Definition statement

This place covers:

For example, drives for conveyor unit or cutting unit

Flow control means, e.g. valves (flow dividers B29C 48/695)
Definition statement

This place covers:

Valves or adjustable parts, e.g. for changing flow direction, to change or modify the flow pattern or to throttle the flow.

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Flow dividers

B29C 48/695

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Explicit throttling in general

B29C 48/268

{Exchangeable extruder parts (B29C 48/691 takes precedence)}
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Arrangements for replacing filters

B29C 48/691

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Injection moulding exchanging the injection unit or parts thereof

B29C 45/176

{Screw parts}
Definition statement

This place covers:

For example, modular screw parts

{Barrel parts}
Definition statement

This place covers:

For example, modular barrel parts

{Die parts}
Definition statement

This place covers:

For example, modular die parts

{Hopper or feeder parts}
Definition statement

This place covers:

For example, modular hopper of feeder parts

{Inserts}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Small parts, e.g. for changed flow pattern, changed extrudate shape, to throttle flow or replaceable parts due to wear

{Means for allowing relative movements between the apparatus parts, e.g. for twisting the extruded article or for moving the die along a surface to be coated}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Extruding onto a preformed part or component

B29C 48/15

{Throttling of the flow, e.g. for cooperating with plasticising elements or for degassing (flow control means B29C 48/255)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Explicit throttling

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Flow control means

B29C 48/255

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Throttling in mixers

B29B 7/488

{Intermittent extrusion}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Articles of definite length

B29C 2791/002

Feeding the extrusion material to the extruder
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Handling material to be moulded

B29C 31/02

Injection moulding, feeding

B29C 45/18

Conveying of bulk material

B65G 53/00

{Raw material dosing}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Raw material dosing in proximity to or during the feeding, e.g.

  • handling and feeding pre-formed parts in the correct velocity
  • handling and/or mixing materials in foreseen quantities and feeding these.
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Feeding in measured doses

B29C 31/06

Control aspects of volume

B29C 2948/92161, B29C 2948/92657

Control aspects of weight

B29C 2948/9218, B29C 2948/92676

Control aspects of dosing

B29C 2948/92333, B29C 2948/92828

Mixing, kneading

B29B 7/00

Making preforms

B29B 11/00

Weighing

G01G 13/00, G01G 19/22

{Raw material pre-treatment while feeding (B29C 48/78 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Pre-treatment in proximity to or during feeding, e.g. drying or cleaning

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Thermal treatment of the extrusion moulding material or of preformed parts or layers

B29C 48/78

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Conditioning of physical pre-treatment of a material to be shaped

B29C 31/00

Drying of half products, e.g. preforms

B29C 37/0092

Control aspects of pre-treatment

B29C 2948/92342, B29C 2948/92838

Conditioning or physical pre-treatment of a material to be shaped

B29B 13/00

Pre-treatment of a material to be shaped in general

B29B 15/00

{in solid form, e.g. powder or granules}
Definition statement

This place covers:

For example, feeding the main material in solid form

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Solid material

B29K 2105/25

Particle, powder, granule

B29K 2105/251

{of preformed parts, e.g. inserts fed and transported generally uninfluenced through the extruder or inserts fed directly to the die}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Containing inserts

B29K 2105/20

Use of materials as reinforcements

B29K 2201/00 - B29K 2313/00

Use of materials as preformed parts, e.g. inserts

B29K 2601/00 - B29K 2713/00

{of fibrous, filamentary or filling materials, e.g. thin fibrous reinforcements or fillers}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulding materials containing continuous reinforcements

B29K 2105/08

Moulding materials containing short length reinforcements

B29K 2105/12

Moulding materials containing containing fillers

B29K 2105/16

Use of materials as reinforcements

B29K 2201/00 - B29K 2313/00

Use of materials as fillers

B29K 2401/00 - B29K 2511/00

in liquid form
Definition statement

This place covers:

For example, feeding additives

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Plasticisers

B29K 2105/0038

Liquid or viscous moulding materials

B29K 2105/0058

in gaseous form
Definition statement

This place covers:

For example, feeding of blowing agents

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulding material in a gaseous state

B29K 2105/0055

Moulding material in plasma state

B29K 2105/0082

{at several locations, e.g. using several hoppers or using a separate additive feeding}
Definition statement

This place covers:

For example, using separate reinforcement feeding

{characterised by the material or their manufacturing process}
Special rules of classification

Materials and coatings for calibrators are classified in the same groups as for dies, B29C 48/3001, B29C 48/3003

{being adjustable, i.e. having adjustable exit sections}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Flow control means before the exit section

B29C 48/2556

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms or expressions are used with the meaning indicated:

Exit section

last part of die shaping the material

{using dies or die parts movable in a closed circuit, e.g. mounted on movable endless support (B29C 48/35 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1495.jpg

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Extrusion nozzles or dies with rollers

B29C 48/35

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Continuously moving moulds in general

B29C 33/36

Casting between endless belts

B29C 39/16

Compression moulding between endless belts

B29C 43/228

Foaming between endless belts

B29C 44/30

Blow moulding of articles of indefinite length using moulds movable in closed circuit

B29C 49/0021

Blow moulding using moulds mounted on movable endless supports

B29C 49/38

{specially adapted for bringing together components, e.g. melts within the die}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Co-extrusion of multi-component articles

B29C 48/18

having a wide opening, e.g. for forming sheets
Definition statement

This place covers:

For example, extrusion dies for panels or plates

{specially adapted for bringing together components, e.g. melts within the die}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Co-extrusion of multi-component articles

B29C 48/18

{being} adjustable {, i.e. having adjustable exit sections}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Flow control means before the exit section

B29C 48/2556

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms or expressions are used with the meaning indicated:

Exit section

last part of die shaping the material

{being} adjustable {, i.e. having adjustable exit sections}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Flow control means before the exit section

B29C 48/2556

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms or expressions are used with the meaning indicated:

Exit section

last part of die shaping the material

Multiple annular extrusion nozzles in coaxial arrangement, e.g. for making multi-layered tubular articles
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Co-extrusion of multi-component articles

B29C 48/18

Cross-head annular extrusion nozzles, i.e. for simultaneously receiving moulding material and the preform to be coated
Definition statement

This place covers:

Side feeding the nozzle, i.e. nozzle axis not on the extruder axis, but normally perpendicular to it or at an angle

Extrusion nozzles comprising two or more adjacently arranged ports, for simultaneously extruding multiple strands, e.g. for pelletising
Definition statement

This place covers:

Multiple separate nozzle outlets next to each other.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Extrusion of particle, powder, granular shapes

B29C 48/04

Extrusion of filamentary shapes

B29C 48/05

Extrusion followed by under-water pelletizing

B29B 9/065

Producing filamentary material

B29D 99/0078

Electro spinning

D01D 5/00

Melt blowing

D04H 1/54

Special rules of classification

Pure melt-extrusion where the filaments are not shaped/formed by extrusion through the die but with other extrusion aspects should be allocated the Indexing Code B29C 48/00, but not an inventive or additional classification in B29C 48/345 for this aspect.

with rollers
Definition statement

This place covers:

Rollers shape the material exiting the extruder nozzle - normally nozzle exit at a roller or between rollers

media1496.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Calendering

B29C 43/24

Means for plasticising or homogenising the moulding material or forcing it through the nozzle or die
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Means for plasticising or homogenising in injection moulding

B29C 45/46

Gear pumps
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Gear pumps

F04C 2/08

Plasticisers, homogenisers or feeders comprising two or more stages
Definition statement

This place covers:

For example, one plasticiser after the other

using two or more serially arranged screws in the same barrel
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Multi stage plasticising using separate plasticisers, e.g. screw extruder followed by a gear pump

B29C 48/375

Mixers with consecutive casings or screws

B29B 7/487

{using a screw extruder and a gear pump}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Injection moulding using screws and injection ram or piston

B29C 45/54

a first extruder feeding the melt into an intermediate location of a second extruder
Definition statement

This place covers:

Feeding a plasticised melt into another plasticised melt, e.g. feeding one plasticised melt into the middle of an extruder plasticising another melt.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Feeding of the raw material to be extruded

B29C 48/285

using screws surrounded by a cooperating barrel, e.g. single screw extruders
Definition statement

This place covers:

Screws or worms that transport, melt, mix and pump the material out through the nozzle and where the interaction between barrel to screw or screw to screw is important.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Means for plasticising or homogenising using screws in injection moulding

B29C 45/47

Design, e.g. calculations, experiments or theory, e.g. for intermeshing screws, mechanical strength or flow

B29C 48/251 - B29C 48/2519

Flow control by valves

B29C 48/2552

Explicit throttling

B29C 48/268

Cleaning or purging

B29C 48/2715

Screws

B29C 48/505

Screw elements, i.e. element shapes affecting flow

B29C 48/51 - B29C 48/67

Barrels

B29C 48/68

Venting

B29C 48/766

Heating or cooling at plasticising zone

B29C 48/80

Handheld extruders

B05C 17/00

Mixers with screw or helix

B29B 7/42

Presses using screws or worms

B30B 11/24

using two or more parallel screws {or at least two parallel non-intermeshing screws}, e.g. twin screw extruders
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Mixers with two or more intermeshing devices

B29B 7/46

Non-identical or non-mirrored screws
Definition statement

This place covers:

For example, the screws having differing lengths or different screw element types

using three or more screws (serially arranged screws B29C 48/38, B29C 48/385)
Definition statement

This place covers:

For example, screws arranged next to each other in a circular configuration

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Plasticizers, homogenisers or feeders using two or more serially arranged screws

B29C 48/38, B29C 48/385

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Mixers with three or more screws

B29B 7/485

Sub-screws
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Mixers with three or more screws

B29B 7/485

Axially movable screws
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Axially movable screws in injection moulding

B29C 45/50

using vanes
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Roller extrusion nozzles

B29C 48/35

using pistons, accumulators or press rams
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Injection moulding using screws and injection ram or piston

B29C 45/54

using two or more extruders to feed one die or nozzle
Definition statement

This place covers:

For example, means to combine melt flows, e.g. using adapter blocks.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

General arrangement or layout of extrusion plants

B29C 48/025

{Extruder feed section}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Constructional details of the section of the extruder that is located around the inlet of material, details of cylinder or screw in that particular location.

{Extruder machines or parts thereof characterised by the material or by their manufacturing process (B29C 48/256 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

For example, first time assembly

For example, cooling a barrel lining and inserting it into the barrel

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Exchangeable extruder parts

B29C 48/256

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds characterised by the manufacturing process

B29C 33/3842

Manufacturing dies

B23P 15/00

Use of materials as mould material

B29K 2801/00 - B29K 2913/00

Screws
Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of the construction and layout of the screw.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Means for plasticising or homogenising using screws in injection moulding

B29C 45/47

Injection moulding, details, screws

B29C 45/60

Design, e.g. calculations, experiments or theory, e.g. for intermeshing screws, mechanical strength or flow

B29C 48/251 - B29C 48/2519

Drives, screw supports, bearings

B29C 48/2522

Flow control by valves

B29C 48/2552

Mounting or handling of screws

B29C 48/2561

Exchangeable screw parts or segments, e.g. modular screws

B29C 48/2564

Inserts, i.e. small exchangeable parts, e.g. for replacement due to wear

B29C 48/25682

Explicit throttling

B29C 48/268

Cleaning or purging of screws

B29C 48/2715

Feeding, e.g. blowing agents, through a screw

B29C 48/298

Screw elements, i.e. element shapes affecting flow

B29C 48/51 - B29C 48/67

Venting through the screw

B29C 48/766

Heating or cooling screws

B29C 48/80

Screws for mixers

B29B 7/42 - B29B 7/48

Presses using screws or worms

B30B 11/24

Details of the screws of screw conveyors

B65G 33/26

for auxiliary fluids, e.g. foaming agents
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Thermal treatment of the extrusion moulding material or of preformed parts or layers, e.g. by heating or cooling

B29C 48/78

Thermal treatment of the stream of extruded material, e.g. cooling

B29C 48/88

characterised by details of the thread, i.e. the shape of a single thread of the material-feeding screw
Definition statement

This place covers:

For example, openings, interruptions or changing thread thickness

characterised by the ratio of the threaded length of the screw to its outside diameter [L/D ratio]
Definition statement

This place covers:

For example, section length L/D

having sections without mixing elements or threads, i.e. having cylinder shaped sections
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

With discontinuous threads

B29C 48/605

Barrels or cylinders
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Injection moulding, details, barrels or cylinders

B29C 45/62

characterised by their inner surfaces, e.g. having grooves, projections or threads
Definition statement

This place covers:

Irregular inner surfaces being not simple cylindrical or conical surfaces

Filters or screens for the moulding material
Definition statement

This place covers:

Filters to prevent contaminants in the melt from reaching the nozzle and ending up in the finished product

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Injection moulding cleaning equipment

B29C 45/24

Sealings for filters

B29C 48/2545

Flow control, e.g. valves in proximity to filters

B29C 48/2554

Cleaning or purging

B29C 48/2725

Filters in general

B01D 29/00

Changing filters

B01D 35/12

Filtering liquids in general

B01D 39/00

Condition, form or state of moulded materials, containing impurities

B29K 2105/065

comprising means for dividing, distributing and recombining melt flows
Definition statement

This place covers:

Divided melts merging before the die zone

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Static mixers, e.g. breaker plates in the end of the plastizising unit

B29C 48/362

Non-actuated dynamic mixing devices, e.g. free rotating mixing elements

B29C 48/363

Flow division and recombination for layer multiplication

B29C 48/71

{in the die zone, e.g. to create flow homogeneity}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Divided melts merging in the die zone

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Flow division and recombination for layer multiplication

B29C 48/71

Feedback means, i.e. part of the molten material being fed back into upstream stages of the extruder
Definition statement

This place covers:

Melt flow feed-back means, i.e. a part of the melt is fed back into the extruder line when still molten

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Feed-back in the sense of measuring/controlling/regulating

B29C 48/92

Bypassing means, i.e. part of the molten material being diverted into downstream stages of the extruder
Definition statement

This place covers:

Part of the melt by-passes a part of the extruder to re-enter at a later stage

Venting {, drying} means; Degassing means
Definition statement

This place covers:

Steam, gas or vapour arising during heating and melting of the material is let out of the extruder in a controlled manner

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Venting or degassing means during injection moulding

B29C 45/63

Flow control by valves

B29C 48/2552

Explicit throttling

B29C 48/268

Venting or degassing during mixing or kneading

B29B 7/84

{Vapour stripping}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Removing a component, e.g. by adding a second component binding to the first component

{Vent constructions, e.g. venting means avoiding melt escape}
Definition statement

This place covers:

For example, means for improving venting

{in the extruder apparatus}
Definition statement

This place covers:

For example, venting of the melt in a gear pump or in a separate venting chamber

{in screw extruders}
Definition statement

This place covers:

For example, venting through a screw, a screw bearing or a feed inlet

Thermal treatment of the extrusion moulding material or of preformed parts or layers, e.g. by heating or cooling
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Raw material pretreatment

B29C 48/287

Conditioning or physical pre-treatment of a material to be shaped

B29B 13/00

Pre-treatment of a material to be shaped in general

B29B 15/00

Thermal treatment of the stream of extruded material, e.g. cooling
Definition statement

This place covers:

Heating or cooling of the material having left the extruder nozzle

with calibration or sizing, i.e. combined with fixing or setting of the final dimensions of the extruded article
Definition statement

This place covers:

Finalising shaping of the article while cooling takes place to correct for warp and shrinking

{internally}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping by stretching of blown tubular films using internal mechanical means, e.g. mandrel

B29C 55/285

{cooling drums}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds and cores with heating or cooling means in rolls, calenders or drums

B29C 33/044

{using a bath, e.g. extruding into an open bath to coagulate or cool the material}
Definition statement

This place covers:

For example, using a bath for coagulatable material

Measuring, controlling or regulating
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Design of extruder parts, e.g. by modelling based on mathematical theories or experiments

B29C 48/251

Measuring, controlling or regulating in general

G01

Taking samples

G01N 1/2035

Adaptive control, learning, e.g. fuzzy logic

G05B 13/0265

Special rules of classification

For all documents to be classified in B29C 48/92 for inventive or additional information, all measuring and controlling aspects therein must be identified by adding the relevant codes in the B29C 2948/92 indexing scheme.

In case of classification in the B29C 2948/92 indexing scheme, the allocation of B29C 48/92 as additional information is optional.

Lubricating
Definition statement

This place covers:

Using internal lubrication, e.g. adding a plasticiser, or using external lubrication, e.g. adding a film of lubricating material in the interface between the melt and the extruder, die, calibrator or conveyor.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Lubricating for moulds or cores in general

B29C 33/56

Lubricating means for injection moulding

B29C 45/83

Moulding materials containing plasticisers

B29K 2105/0038

Liquid or viscous moulding materials

B29K 2105/0058

Moulding materials having a particular viscosity

B29K 2105/0094

Special rules of classification

Materials and coatings for calibrators are classified in the same groups as for dies, B29C 48/3001, B29C 48/3003

by adding lubricant to the moulding material
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Lubricating compositions

C10M

Blow-moulding, i.e. blowing a preform or parison to a desired shape within a mould; Apparatus therefor
Definition statement

This place covers:

Blow-moulding methods, blow-moulding apparatus and articles obtained by blow-moulding, when these articles are characterised by the blow-moulding method.

Simulation of blow-moulding or any other simulated aspect related to blow-moulding, e.g. simulating heating a preform before blow-moulding. This aspect is covered in the group B29C 49/42398.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Injection a fluid, e.g. air, in molten plastic in injection moulding

B29C 45/1704

Extrusion moulding of tubular films

B29C 48/10

Vacuum or pressure forming of sheet like materials

B29C 51/10

Enlarging tube ends using pressure difference

B29C 57/08

Making of balloon catheters

A61M 25/1027

Metal blow-moulding

B21D 26/00

Making preforms per se

B29B 11/00

Packaging individual articles in containers or receptacles whereby the machines incorporate means for making the containers

B65B 3/022

Labelling of blow-moulded articles outside the mould

B65C 3/00

Glass blow-moulding

C03B 9/00

Special rules of classification

For articles and materials, as much as possible additional classification by adding the Indexing Codes of B29K and B29L is recommended.

If more than 4 different thermoplastic materials are described in the disclosure, then the Indexing Code B29K 2101/12 should be allocated. In addition, only up to 4 of the disclosed uncommon thermoplastic materials are classified (common thermoplastics for blow-moulding are PET, PE, PP) by allocating the appropriate Indexing Code as provided in B29K 2001/00 - B29K 2101/00.

Inventive and additional information disclosed in documents to be classified should be identified by allocation the appropriate classification codes of B29C 49/00 - B29C 49/78. In particular attention should be paid to the so called break down Indexing Codes, which are only present at additional information level, but should be allocated if applicable.

If during blow-moulding also vacuum is used, or only vacuum is used for deformation of the tubular parison then one or both of the following classification codes are additionally allocated: B29C 2791/006 and/or B29C 2791/007.

The indexing of preforms for blow-moulding bottles using the coding scheme under B29C 2949/07 is obligatory when the structure of the preform differs from the conventional shape (one layer, open neck, flange, cylindrical body, closed semi-spherical end).

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms or expressions are used with the meaning indicated:

Preform or parison

A tubular object obtained by moulding substantially consisting of plastic material, which has to undergo an additional processing step, e.g. blow-moulding, to obtain its final shape, examples are: tubes, extruded parisons, two parallel sheets which behave like tubular preforms, injection moulded tubular preforms normally with one end closed.

Blowing

using a pressurized blowing gas to deform the tubular preform or parison; but also applying a vacuum on one side of the tubular article, since the ambient pressure is deforming the tubular preform or parison.

{characterised by the material}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- Blow moulding processes, whereby their disclosure focuses on the materials or material parameters

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Compostions of macromolecular compounds in general

C08L 1/00 - C08L 101/10

Special rules of classification

If reinforcing material is comprised in the material to be thermoformed, then the following Indexing Codes should additionally be allocated: the appropriate subgroups of B29K 2105/06 and B29K 2201/00 - B29K 2313/00.

{for heating or cooling}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Modification or selection of the moulding material to facilitate heating or cooling.

{Making articles of indefinite length, e.g. corrugated tubes}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- WO02/36333

media448.jpg

{using moulds or mould parts movable in a closed path, e.g. mounted on movable endless supports}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- Blow moulding processes whereby either only pressure, pressure and vacuum or only vacuum is used during the forming process of indefinite length articles, as long as the preform is three dimensionally deformed.

- WO2004110734

media449.jpg

Special rules of classification

It is highly desirable that all documents classified in B29C 49/0021 the appropriate Indexing Code in B29L 2023/00 is added to identify the type of tubular product

{characterised by mould return means}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of the device to return the moulding section to a receiving portion of the parison.

{using adjustable machine tables, e.g. to align extrusion nozzles with the moulds}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Relative movement of the mould table or support of the extrusion nozzle for alignment of the apparatus.

{using varying mould speed}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Modification of the mould speed to account for changes in mould geometry or extrudate thickness. Usually to form a product having uniform thickness.

{subsequent mould cavities being different, e.g. for making bells}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Indefinite length moulding apparatus which has cavities of different configurations along the mould path.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1500.png

media1501.png

{involving the change of moulds, e.g. in production processes without interrupting the production processes}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Using an auxiliary device, e.g. conveyor, to change the moulds without pausing the moulding apparatus.

{using variable forming length, e.g. adapted to cooling needs}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Indefinite length moulding apparatus whose length can be varied according to desired process conditions or outcomes (e.g. cooling).

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1502.png

{wherein the process is characterised by the pressure used, e.g. using varying pressure depending on sequence of cavity shapes}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Indefinite length moulding apparatus which uses varying/controlled pressure in the moulding process.

{wherein the process is characterised by temperature conditioning, e.g. using inside cooling by air}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Indefinite length moulding apparatus which involves various temperature conditioning techniques (e.g. interior cooling air). Examples include cooling of fused layers and details of the internal cooling plug.

{Making articles having hollow walls}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- JP60149432

media451.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Hollow walled articles

B29L 2024/00

{without using a mould (B29C 49/1602 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media452.jpg

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Pre-blowing without using a mould

B29C 49/1602

{Blow-moulding plants, e.g. using several blow-moulding apparatuses cooperating}
Definition statement

This place covers:

A combination of different apparatus to form a single blow-moulding plant. More than just extrusion or injection moulding combined with blow-moulding, could also be more than one blow-mould or other moulding apparatus.

{using two or more parallel stations, e.g. two parallel heating or blowing stations}
Definition statement

This place covers:

A plant wherein the plurality of stations are parallel to one another.

{the number of preform manufacturing stations being different to the number of blowing stations}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Blow-moulding plants that have preform manufacturing segments and blow-moulding segments which are not equal in number.

In the example below the injection mould has 32 cavities and the blow-mould has 4 cavities.

media1503.png

{joining several separate preforms while blow-moulding, e.g. two cylindrical preforms welded together during blowing}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Manufacturing process which includes both preform manufacture and blow-moulding of the preform, especially including manufacturing more than one distinct preforms and joining them together during blow-moulding.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1504.png

media1505.png

media1506.png

media1507.png

media1508.png

media1509.png

media1510.pngmedia1511.png

media1512.png

Extrusion blow-moulding
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Making preforms by extrusion moulding

B29B 11/10

Special rules of classification

- If the parison shape, e.g. the cross section or thickness distribution, is different from the standard cylindrical shape, then the to be classified document should receive a class in B29C 49/071 as inventive information and only B29C 49/04 as additional information.

- If the parison is multilayered, then the to be classified document should receive a class in B29C 49/22 as inventive information and only B29C 49/04 as additional information.

{extruding the material continuously}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Manufacturing preforms via continuous extrusion prior to blow-moulding the preforms.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1513.png

media1514.png

media1515.png

{extruding the material discontinuously}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Manufacturing preforms via extrusion which is not continuous, prior to blow-moulding the preforms.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1516.pngmedia1517.png

media1518.pngmedia1519.png

media1520.pngmedia1521.png

media1522.png

{Means for moving the extruder head up and down, e.g. to continue extruding the next parison while blow-moulding the previous parison in the blow-mould}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Manufacturing method which includes preform manufacture followed by blow-moulding and also including a vertically movable extruder. This allows the extruder to be repositioned during the process to accommodate subsequent moulding operations concurrently with extrusion.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1523.png

media1524.png

{extruding several parisons parallel to each other at the same time}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Preform extrusion including several preforms (i.e. parisons) being extruded simultaneously and parallel to each other.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1525.png

{Means for defining the wall or layer thickness}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Preform extrusion in which the wall/layer thickness is particularly controlled by an apparatus feature.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1526.png

media1527.png

{for keeping constant thickness}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Preform extrusion wherein it is ensured that the preform wall/layer thickness is constant.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1528.png

{characterised by the die}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Preform extrusion wherein the die configuration is of particular importance and effect.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1529.png

media1530.png

{Means for supporting the extruded parison}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Preform extrusion method including elements which support or guide the preform after it is extruded.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1531.png

media1532.png

{Means for cutting the extruded preform}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Cutting to length of the parison or cutting the tubular parison to form sheets.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1533.png

media1534.png

media1535.png

Injection blow-moulding
Definition statement

This place covers:

The injection moulding apparatus, with which the preform is produced.

The blow-moulding apparatus, with which the preform is blow-moulded.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Injection moulding

B29C 45/00

Making preforms by injection moulding

B29B 11/08

Special rules of classification

The additional information classification B29C 49/06 is allocated to a document to be classified, when the preform is produced by injection moulding but when the injection moulding apparatus is not disclosed in greater detail.

B29C 49/42 has to be allocated as additional information where appropriate.

For the heating or cooling of preforms, as much as possible additional classification by adding appropriate classification in B29C 49/64 or its subgroups, e.g. B29C 49/6409 is recommended.

{with parison holding means displaceable between injection and blow stations}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- EP0228106

media457.png

{following an arcuate path, e.g. rotary or oscillating-type}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- DE10061744

media458.jpg

- JP6238742

media459.jpg

{with the parison axis held in the plane of rotation}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- US2008118686

media460.jpg

{following a rectilinear path, e.g. shuttle-type}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- US4540543

media461.jpg

{the injection mould cavity and the blow-mould cavity being displaceable to the geometrically fixed injection core mould}
Definition statement

This place covers:

An injection moulding apparatus of creating a preform and a blow-moulding apparatus for blowing of the preform, which includes a stationary core that is common between the injection mould and the blow-mould.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1536.png

media1537.png

media1538.png

media1539.png

media1540.png

media1541.png

media1542.png

media1543.png

media1544.pngmedia1545.png

{Compression blow-moulding}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Blow-moulding where the preform is made by compression moulding and then blow-moulded into a final article.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1546.png

media1547.png

{Using combined techniques for making the preform}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Preform manufacturing which includes a variety of moulding processes, e.g. compression, injection, extrusion, or casting.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

The figure shows a combination of injection moulding followed by extrusion as the die moves away from the neck mould.

media1548.pngmedia1549.png

{using folded sheets as a preform, e.g. folded into parallel sheets or rolled into cylindrical shape}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Preform manufacturing which includes making sheets followed by a folding process to create the preform.

{using parallel sheets as a preform}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Manufacturing process which identifies the preform as two parallel sheets.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1550.png

media1551.pngmedia1552.png

media1553.png

media1554.png

media1555.png

{Means for avoiding parts of the sheets to stick together, e.g. to provide blow opening}
Definition statement

This place covers:

A process which uses two preformed sheets which are prevented from contacting each other in certain areas.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

A hollow container producing device comprising a jetting unit that discharges a jet of gas toward each of the pair of parison sheets from an intermediate frame side of the parison sheet.

media1556.png

{Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration, e.g. geometry, dimensions or physical properties}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1557.png

media1558.png

media1559.png

Biaxial stretching during blow-moulding
Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms or expressions are used with the meaning indicated:

Biaxial stretching

stretching in two directions whereby one stretching component must be in longitudinal direction of the preform or in extrusion direction of an extruded parison

{without pre-stretching, e.g. simple blowing step}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Blow moulding processes, whereby the preform length before blow moulding is shorter then the mould cavity. The preform has therefore also a stretching component in the longitudinal direction during the blowing operation.

{mono-axial stretching, e.g. either length or width}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Blow-moulding process where a preform of a particular configuration is stretched only one direction.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1560.pngmedia1561.png

media1562.pngmedia1563.png

using mechanical means {for prestretching}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- FR2516855

media462.jpg

- JP58045030

media463.jpg

- JP58016826

media464.jpg

- GB1501775

media465.png

Stretching rods
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group: media1881.jpg

media1882.jpg

{Means for fixing the stretching rod to the driving means, e.g. clamping means or bayonet connections}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Stretching rods which are attached to their driving means by mechanical features.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1565.png

media1566.png

media1567.png

media1568.png

media1569.png

{relative rotation between the preform and the stretch rod}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Stretch rod configuration which allows rotation between the stretch rod and the preform.

{using at least two stretching rods for stretching different parts of the preform}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Several biaxial stretching rods which are each positioned to act upon different areas of the preform.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1570.png

media1571.png

{using additional means to clamp the preform bottom while stretching the preform}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Stretching rods which include the ability to hold/clamp the preform bottom while stretching occurs.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1572.png

media1573.png

{the stretching rod comprising at least one opening on the surface, e.g. through which compressed air is blown into the preform to expand the same}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Stretching rod which includes openings on its surface which facilitate compressed air to be blown through the openings into the preform.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1574.png

media1575.png

{Geometry of the stretching rod, e.g. specific stretching rod end shape}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Stretching rods which are particularly configured to have a specific geometry or shape.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1576.png

media1577.png

media1578.png

media1579.png

{Material for stretching rods or parts thereof, e.g. heat insulating material}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Stretching rods which are characterised by specific material, usually for a specific purpose.

{to stretch heated tubes}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Stretching rods which are particularly suited to act upon heated preforms, e.g. tubes.

{Pneumatic}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Pneumatic drive apparatus for a stretching element that provides a controlled stretch ratio.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1580.png

media1581.pngmedia1582.png

media1583.pngmedia1584.png

media1591.png

{Hydraulic}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Hydraulic drive apparatus for a stretching element that provides a controlled stretch ratio.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

A stretch cylinder, wherein the barrel and the stretch rod are hydraulic.

media1586.png

{Mechanical}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Mechanical drive apparatus for a stretching element that provides a controlled stretch ratio.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1587.png

{being a cam mechanism}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Stretching rod having a cam mechanism drive means, which stretching rod provides a controlled stretch ratio.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1588.pngmedia1589.png

media1590.pngmedia1591.png

media1592.png

media1593.png

media1594.png

media1595.png

{Electric drives, e.g. linear motors}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Blow-moulding which includes a stretch rod which is driven by electric motors.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1564.png

{Magnetic}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Magnetic drive apparatus for a stretching element that provides a controlled stretch ratio.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

The activating means 6 comprise a first magnet arrangement 9 which is magnetically coupled with a second magnet arrangement 10 located within said chamber 8 and integral to the stretching rod 2.

media1596.png

Clamps
Definition statement

This place covers:

- EP0434277

media468.jpg

US4442063

media469.jpg

using pressure difference {for pre-stretching}, e.g. pre-blowing
Definition statement

This place covers:

Blow-moulding processes, whereby the pressure difference is used to stretch the preform in its longitudinal direction.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1883.jpg

media1884.jpg

media1885.jpg

{pre-blowing without using a mould}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Blow-moulding method in which a pre-blowing step does not take place in a mould.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1597.png

media1598.pngmedia1599.png

using several blowing steps (B29C 49/16 takes precedence)
Definition statement

This place covers:

Blow-moulding using several blowing steps, whereby between each blowing step for a period of time, depressurisation is being applied, thereby causing a period with atmospheric pressure inside the preform/container.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media473.jpg

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Multiple blow moulding steps, whereby one step is used to expand the preform in longitudinal direction

B29C 49/16

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Multiple blow-moulding steps followed by additional heat shrinking

B29C 49/6472

Special rules of classification

Multiple blow-moulding steps, with longitudinal stretching during each blowing step are additionally classified in B29C 49/08 or one of its subgroups.

As example the following disclosure should be classified B29C 49/12 and B29C 49/18.

media474.jpg

{the first mould cavity being bigger than a second mould cavity}
Definition statement

This place covers:

A blow-moulding method which is characterised by at least two mould cavities: the first cavity is larger than the second, often times to allow for a shrinkage/temperature conditioning step between the two cavities.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1600.png

media1601.png

of articles having inserts or reinforcements {; Handling of inserts or reinforcements}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- Auxiliary operations or auxiliary means relating to inserts or reinforcements, e.g. handling or transferring of inserts

Special rules of classification

Details of the location of the insert (on the inside or outside of the final article), handling of the inserts (e.g. feeding into the mould) or treatment of the inserts (e.g. preheating) are identified by the allocation of break down Indexing Codes, which are only present at additional information level.

When details of inserts or reinforcements are indicated, then it is highly desirable to allocate additionally the following classification codes for additional information:

{comprising electronic elements or detection means, e.g. chips, RFIDs or barcodes}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Blow-moulding articles comprising inserts of an electronic nature.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1602.png

media1603.png

using multilayered preforms or parisons
Definition statement

This place covers:

Multilayered parisons produced by extrusion moulding.

Parisons having loose layers before blow-moulding.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1886.jpg

media1887.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Tubular layered products per se

B32B 1/08

Multilayered plastic containers, e.g. bottles

B65D 1/0215

Special rules of classification

If applicable, it is highly desirable to allocate classification in B29C 2949/07 and subgroups, in particular B29C 2949/30, for information related to the geometrical distribution or dimensions of the layers.

Lining or labelling
Definition statement

This place covers:

Lining

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1888.jpg

Labelling

media1889.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Lining or sheeting in general

B29C 63/00

Producing labels

B31D 1/02

Labelling other than flat surfaces in general

B65C 3/00

In mould labelled containers

B65D 23/0864

Labels in general e.g. for thermo adhesion

G09F 3/04

Special rules of classification

If the label itself is specific then the Indexing Code B29L 2031/744 should be allocated

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms or expressions are used with the meaning indicated:

Lining

Covering the whole outer and/or inner surface of articles with a heated preform or parison. The heated preform or parison is stretched and three dimensionally deformed.

Labelling

Connecting a label which is inside of a mould to a heated preform or parison while the preform or parison is blow moulded. Often also called "in mould labelling"

{In-mould lining or labelling}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- US5256365

media481.jpg

- US6264876

media482.png

{while blow-moulding, e.g. the preform expansion deforms the label or lining}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Blow-moulding process/apparatus which uses multi-layered preforms or parisons as the elements to which air is applied to cause shaping.

{explicit labelling}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Labelling process which includes a method for moulding a plastic container within a mould including an RFID tag to generate a container which leaves a mould having an RFID tag bonded between the container and a label. This method provides for an integrally, extrusion blow-moulded container, label and RFID tag combination.

media1604.png

media1605.png

media1606.png

{explicit lining (B29C 49/26 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1607.pngmedia1608.pngmedia1609.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Inner lining of tubes

B29C 49/26

inner lining of tubes
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1890.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Coating the interior of hollow articles by extrusion moulding

B29C 48/152

Lining of internal surfaces by applying preformed layers or sheets of plastic

B29C 63/26

Blow-moulding apparatus
Special rules of classification

- If the alleged inventive information of the document to be classified is already classified somewhere else then the classification as provided for in B29C 49/28 - B29C 49/40 should be allocated as additional information only.

{designed for reduced size or for experiments, e.g. lower inertia, transportable or experimental apparatus}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Blow-moulding machines which are smaller in scale than other machines to accommodate experimental environments or situations where transportability is ideal.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1610.png

media1611.png

{designed for easy access by operator}
Definition statement

This place covers:

A blow-moulding machine which is designed to be easily accessed/operated by an operator.

{having special frame}
Definition statement

This place covers:

A blow-moulding machine which is characterised by a particular frame configuration.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1612.png

media1613.png

media1614.png

media1615.png

{mounting, exchanging or centering machine parts, e.g. modular parts}
Definition statement

This place covers:

A blow-moulding machine which includes interchangeable/modular parts, allowing for ease of mounting, exchanging or repositioning.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

FIG. 17 shows a presentation as an illustration of the process of changing a handling part. Here, the change arm 54 is essentially moved upwards vertically (cf. double arrow Y) by the respective joints, in order to exchange the handling parts, here heating mandrels 96 and shielding plates 98. It is possible to, at first, remove the existing handling parts 96 and 98, then turn the changing element 53 by 180° in order to arrange immediately the new handling parts on the heating device 50.

media1616.png

{using several moulds whereby at least one mould is different in at least one feature, e.g. size or shape (B29C 49/0025 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

A blow-moulding machine which includes several moulds having different features than each other, e.g. size, shape.

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Making articles of indefinite length by subsequent mould cavities being different

B29C 49/0025

moving "to and fro"
Definition statement

This place covers:

- US5976452 media484.png

the mould parts moving "hand-over-hand"
Definition statement

This place covers:

- US4988279

media485.png

rotatable about one axis
Definition statement

This place covers:

- DE102004057102

media486.jpg

US5433916

media487.png

mounted on movable endless supports {(B29C 49/0021 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- articles of definitive length, bottles

- US3597516

media488.jpg

- JP3197117

media489.jpg

- DE102008006073

media490.jpg

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Using moulds movable in a closed path for blow moulding of articles of indefinite length

B29C 49/0021

on co-operating drums
Definition statement

This place covers:

- DE2210445

media491.png

Component parts, details or accessories; Auxiliary operations
Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of extrusion dies used during blow-moulding.

Closing parison ends before blow-moulding e.g. with a fluid stream or by grippers.

Antistatic treatment of preforms.

Cleaning of preforms.

Sterilisation of preforms.

Mould change.

Cutting and recycling material.

Avoiding malfunctioning.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Handling of moulds between a mould store and a moulding machine in general

B29C 31/006

Maintenance of moulds namely cleaning of moulds in general

B29C 33/72

Extrusion nozzles or dies in general

B29C 48/30

Sterilisation in general

A61L 2/00

{Handling means, e.g. transfer, loading or discharging means (handling of inserts or reinforcements B29C 49/20; handling of linings or labels B29C 49/2408)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Gripping and holding means for preforms, parisons or blown articles.

Adjustable transporting means depending on the size of the preforms, parisons or blown articles.

Air conveyors for preforms or blown articles.

Orientating unorientated preforms.

Feeding of preforms or parisons.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1891.jpg

media1892.jpg

media1893.jpg

media1894.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Handling of inserts or reinforcements

B29C 49/20

Handling of linings or labels

B29C 49/2408

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Handling materials in general

B65G 47/00

{Stripping preforms from moulds, e.g. from injection moulds or cores}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Auxiliary blow-mould element which facilitates removal of a preform from mould elements.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1617.png

media1618.pngmedia1619.png

{De-stacking preforms, e.g. delivered in a stacked configuration}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Auxiliary blow-mould element which unstacks preforms which are originally arranged in a stacked configuration.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1620.png

media1621.png

media1622.png

{Aligning disorderly arranged preforms, e.g. delivered disorderly}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Auxiliary blow-mould element which facilitates organization of preforms which are originally not arranged in any sort of order.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1623.png

media1624.png

{Aligning of preforms getting stuck, unaligned or stacked during transport}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Preform handling process or method which would correct any preforms which are not oriented in the proper way, e.g. tilted, misaligned.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1625.png

media1626.png

{Means for correcting, aligning or straighten preforms, e.g. gripper with correcting means}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Structures associated with the handling means that correct or ensure the proper orientation of the preforms.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1627.png

media1628.png

media1629.png

{in relation to the mould, e.g. preform centring means in the mould}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Structures associated with the handling means that correct or ensure the proper orientation of the preforms with respect to the mould.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1630.png

{Means specially adapted for transporting preforms}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Handling means structures which move, transfer, grip, carry, or otherwise relocate preforms from one location to another location.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1631.png

media1632.png

media1633.png

media1634.png

media1635.png

media1636.png

{Means explicitly adapted for transporting blown article}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Handling means structures which are only for transporting the blown article.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1637.png

media1638.png

{with stacking means, e.g. stacking the articles for further transport}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Structures which stack, in any orientation, the blown articles for transporting purposes.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

Air nozzle 101 lifts containers 1 into a cylindrical stacker.

media1639.png

{with pivoting clamps}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1640.png

media1641.png

{with U-shaped holder}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1642.png

{using vacuum for gripping}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1643.png

media1644.png

{adjustable for different preform size}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1645.png

{being inflatable}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1646.png

media1647.png

media1648.png

{holding inside the neck}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1649.pngmedia1650.png

media1651.png

media1652.png

media1653.png

{holding outside the neck}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1654.png

media1655.png

media1656.pngmedia1657.png

{holding body portion}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1658.png

media1659.pngmedia1660.png

media1661.pngmedia1662.png

media1663.png

{holding bottom portion or sprue}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1664.pngmedia1665.png

media1666.png

media1667.png

media1668.png

media1669.png

{Rotating wheels or stars}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1670.png

media1671.png

media1672.png

{Sliding rails, e.g. inclined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1673.png

media1674.png

media1675.png

media1676.png

media1677.png

media1678.png

{Pushing by air}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Where the movement along the sliding rail is caused by or aided by air or gas flow.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1679.png

{Conveyors, e.g. flat conveyor or clamping between two bands}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1680.png

media1681.png

{Vacuum suction pipes}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Transportation means that uses vacuum or suction along a tube/pipe/conduit (e.g. a pneumatic tube).

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1682.png

media1683.png

{for discontinuous or batch transport}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Handling means for movement of a discrete number of preforms or blown articles.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1684.png

media1685.png

media1686.png

{with accumulator or temporary storage, e.g. while waiting for the blowing apparatus}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1687.png

{with changeable transporting paths or lengths}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1688.png

media1689.png

media1690.png

{Inversion, e.g. turning preform upside down}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Handling means which invert the preform or article so that the top faces down or the bottom faces up.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1691.pngmedia1692.png

media1693.png

media1694.png

media1695.png

{Translation e.g. telescopic movement to pick up a preform}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Handling means which include a structure which moves, translates, or telescopes in order to reach a preform or blown article.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1696.pngmedia1697.png

media1698.png

media1699.png

{Changing the center-center distance}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Handling means that alters the spacing between preforms or blown articles during transportation.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1700.png

media1701.png

{Adapting to blow-mould cavity center-center distance}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Where mould cavity spacing is different than the spacing of the preforms during transportation to the mould.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1702.png

media1703.png

{Keeping center-center distance constant}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Handling means which maintains a constant spacing between preforms or blown articles during transportation.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1704.png

media1705.png

{Electric drive means, e.g. servomotors}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

Where the drive mechanism relies on electrical signals in order to provide movement (i.e. servomotor, linear actuator, etc.).

media1706.png

{for the extruder, e.g. extruder moving up and down}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatuses that alter the position of an extruder.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1707.png

media1708.png

{for moulds other than opening, closing and clamping}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatuses that alter the position and/or location of a mould; not including opening, closing, or clamping the mould.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1709.png

media1710.png

{Safety, e.g. operator safety}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Safety devices preventing injuries while operating a blow-moulding apparatus.

{Improving flash formation, e.g. providing for easily removable flash from extrusion moulded articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1711.png

{Avoiding condense, e.g. on cooled mould surfaces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods and apparatuses that prevent or lessen the occurrence of condensation during blow-moulding.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1712.png

{Procedures for start-up or material change}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1713.png

{Special pressurization during start-up of the machine}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1714.png

media1715.png

media1716.png

{Marking or printing}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or apparatuses for applying an indicia (e.g. pattern, marking, design, identifying feature, etc.).

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

A marking step can also be used to mark usual information on the filler product that is contained in the container, such as, for example, an expiration date or the like. Thus, a single marking step makes it possible to print information relative to the traceability of the container and relative to the product that is contained in the container.

media1717.png

media1718.png

media1719.png

{with a pattern for analysing deformation}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Where the applied indicia can be used to measure or indicate the deformation that a preform undergoes during processing.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1720.png

media1721.png

{Purging or cleaning the preforms}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1722.png

{Means for deforming the parison prior to the blowing operation (B29C 49/08 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Pulling the extruded parison through the mould.

Moving the mould or the extruder head while extruding the parison.

A floating for helping feeding of the parison through the mould.

Using grippers which deform the parison during extrusion or during transportation.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1895.jpg

media1896.jpg

media1897.jpg

media1898.jpg

media504.jpg

media1899.jpg

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Biaxial stretching during blow-moulding

B29C 49/08

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Bending of tubes

B29C 53/083

{before laying into the mould}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1723.png

media1724.png

media1725.png

media1726.png

{by the preform transporting means}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1727.png

media1728.png

media1729.png

media1730.png

media1731.png

{Deforming or closing the preform ends, e.g. pinching and welding}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1732.png

media1733.png

media1734.png

media1735.png

media1736.png

media1737.png

media1738.png

media1739.png

{by pressure difference deforming parts of the preform}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices where the pressure differential is pneumatic (e.g. vacuum, pressurized gas, ducted air, etc,) in nature.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1740.png

media1741.png

{in a separate pre-moulding station}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1742.png

media1743.png

{by moving the extruder head}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices where the deformation is caused by the extruder head movement.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1744.png

media1745.png

media1746.png

{by moving the transport means}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices where the deformation is caused by the transport means.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1747.png

media1748.png

media1749.png

{by using a robot arm or similar actuator}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1750.png

media1751.png

media1752.png

media1753.png

media1754.png

{by moving the mould}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1755.png

media1756.png

{aided by air floating}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices that use air to float/lift the parison while in the mould prior to the blow-moulding step.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1757.png

media1758.png

{The mould opening plane being horizontal}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1762.png

media1763.png

media1764.png

{The mould opening plane being vertical}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1765.png

media1766.png

{using spreading or extending means}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Spreading the open end or other parts of the preform or parison by mechanical means or vacuum grippers before blow-moulding.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1900.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping of tube ends

B29C 57/00

{rods or bars entering the preform}
Definition statement

This place covers:

llustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1759.png

media1760.png

{by foaming}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Deformation caused by activation of blowing/foaming agents (which can include the depressurization of pressurized gases when the preform/parison leaves the extruder) in the preform/parison prior to the blow-moulding step.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1761.png

{Auxiliary deformation, i.e. not caused by pre-stretching or blowing not otherwise provided for}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Deformation that occurs during the blow-moulding process caused by mould elements that activate after the mould closes and prior to the end of the blowing process.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1767.png

media1768.png

media1769.png

{a closure or a sealing foil to the article or pincing the opening}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Where the closure or sealing foil is added after the blow-moulding process.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1770.png

media1771.png

media1772.png

media1773.png

media1774.png

media1775.png

media1776.png

media1777.png

media1778.png

media1779.png

media1780.png

media1781.png

{auxiliary parts to the article, e.g. handle (B29C 49/42802 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1782.png

{while in the mould, i.e. with other material than the blowing fluid}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1783.png

media1784.png

media1785.png

media1786.png

media1787.png

{outside the mould}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1788.png

{Emptying the article, e.g. emptying hydraulic blowing fluid}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1789.png

{Cooling the article outside the mould}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1790.png

{Separating burr or other part from the article, e.g. using mechanical means}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Removal of burrs, flash, or other unwanted moulding effects caused by the interaction of the blown article and the mould during the blowing process.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1791.png

media1792.png

media1793.png

media1794.png

{Coating or painting the article}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1795.png

media1796.png

{Deforming the finished article}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1797.png

media1798.png

media1799.png

{Moving or inverting sections, e.g. inverting bottom as vacuum panel}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Deformation that occurs after the blow-moulding process that moves a blown article surface to a new final location.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1800.png

media1801.png

media1802.png

media1803.png

media1804.png

media1805.png

media1806.png

{Foaming, expanding or stretching the article}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1807.png

{Collapsing or folding the article, e.g. to save space for transport}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1808.png

{for avoiding blowing fluid from leaking, e.g. between the blowing means and the preform neck}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Structures and operations associated with the sealing means that prevent blowing fluid from leaking.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1809.png

The applied pressure force of the blow nozzle 13 is selected such that the outside edge 15 of the blow nozzle 13 sinks somewhat into the conical surface 9. This improves sealing.

{for sealing clean or sterile room or volume}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Structures associated with sealing spaces to avoid contamination.

{for sealing moulds, e.g. for vacuum air floating}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Structures associated with the sealing means that reduce or prevent air from entering the mould.

for applying pressure through the walls of an inflated bag
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1901.png

characterised by using particular environment or blow fluids other than air
Definition statement

This place covers:

- Inert gas as blowing fluid

- Reactive gas as a blowing fluid

- Sterile gas as a blowing fluid

- Hot gas as a blowing fluid

- Filtered air as a blowing fluid

- Explosive gas mixture as a blowing fluid

- Incompressible blowing fluids, e.g. filling liquid is used as blowing fluid

- Clean rooms

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Method or apparatus for sterilising in general

A61L 2/00

Cleaning in general

B08B 1/00

Concurrent cleaning, filling and closing of bottles without a blow-moulding operation

B67C 7/00

Special rules of classification

Incompressible blowing fluids which stay in the formed container after blow-moulding have to be also classified in B65B 3/022.

{Pressure difference, e.g. over pressure in room}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods and apparatus that create a pressure difference.

Moulds
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds characterised by the material or the manufacturing process in general

B29C 33/38 - B29C 33/405

{with means for locally compressing part(s) of the parison in the main blowing cavity}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1902.png

{and welding opposite wall parts of the parisons or preforms to each other}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Where opposing wall parts of the parisons or preforms are joined to each other.

{by means of movable mould parts}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1903.jpg

media1904.png

{with means for closing off parison ends}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1905.jpg

media1906.jpg

{with more than one separate mould cavity}
Definition statement

This place covers:

With a plurality of mould cavities.

{having different sizes or shapes of the mould cavities}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Having a plurality of mould cavities with different shapes or sizes.

{with means for moulding parts of the parisons in an auxiliary cavity, e.g. moulding a handle}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- WO2007063155

media513.jpg

- EP1693240

media514.png

{with incorporated heating or cooling means}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- WO2005025835

media515.jpg

- WO03033242

media516.jpg-

JP2289328

media517.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Heating or cooling of moulds in general

B29C 33/02

Special rules of classification

When details of the heating or cooling means are indicated, then it is highly desirable to allocate additionally the following corresponding Indexing Codes for additional information:

{Heating or cooling from the inside of the cavity, e.g. using flames or other means}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Having means for heating or cooling from inside the mould cavity.

{Aligning the mould assembly position e.g. adapting center to the extruded parison}
Definition statement

This place covers:

With means or methods for aligning neck portions of bottle producing moulds.

{Aligning the mould part position e.g. left half to right half}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Means or methods for aligning mould part positions.

{Mould identification, e.g. chip on mould with ID and process data}
Definition statement

This place covers:

With mould identification means.

{characterised by the manufacturing process}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Where the mould is characterised by the manufacturing process of the mould.

{having a mandrel or core e.g. two mould halves with a core in-between}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Moulds having a mandrel or core between the mould halves.

{Asymmetric moulds, i.e. the parison is not in the center of the mould}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Moulds that are asymmetric allowing the parison to be off center.

{having cavity parts avoiding preform contact, e.g. partial free blow}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Moulds having cavity portions which do not contact the preform.

having cutting or deflashing means
Definition statement

This place covers:

-EP1645397

media518.jpg

-US2005199577

media519.jpg

US2006175737

media520.png

having decorating or printing means
Definition statement

This place covers:

- EP1005975

media521.jpg

US2004026355

media522.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds characterised by the shape of the moulding surface in general

B29C 33/42

for undercut articles
Definition statement

This place covers:

- EP1908571

media523.jpg

- JP63221020

media524.png

{having a recessed undersurface}
Definition statement

This place covers:

-US2008283533

media525.jpg

- DE1479563

media526.png

Opening, closing or clamping means
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

Cam driven opening and closing means 

media1907.jpg

Mechanical opening closing mechanism

media1908.jpg

Spindle driven (screw driven) opening closing mechanism

media1909.jpg

Fluid driven clamping means via channel 25

media1910.jpg

Closing and clamping toggle mechanism

media1911.jpg

Locking mechanism

media1912.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Opening, closing or clamping of moulds in general

B29C 33/20 - B29C 33/28

{using cams}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Opening or closing the mould with the use of cams.

{using toggle mechanism}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Opening or closing the mould with the use of a toggle mechanism.

{using spindle nut mechanism}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Opening or closing the mould with the use of a spindle nut mechanism.

{Hydraulically operated, i.e. closing or opening of the mould parts is done by hydraulic means}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Opening or closing the mould hydraulically.

{Pneumatically operated, i.e. closing or opening of the mould parts is done by hydraulic means}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Opening or closing the mould pneumatically.

{Electrically operated, e.g. the closing or opening is done with an electrical motor direct drive}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Opening or closing the mould electrically.

{Asymmetric movement of mould parts, e.g. by moving only one mould part}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Opening or closing the mould by asymmetric movement of the mould parts.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1810.png

{Characterised by speed, e.g. variable opening closing speed}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Opening or closing of the mould is characterised by the opening or closing speed.

{Tilting movement, e.g. changing angle of the mould parts towards the vertical direction}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Opening or closing the mould by tilting movement of a mould part.

{characterised by bottom part movement}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Opening or closing the mould by movement of a bottom portion of the mould.

{characterised by connected mould part movement, e.g. bottom part movement is linked to mould half movement}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Opening or closing the mould by movement of a connected mould part.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1811.png

{Safety means, e.g. during ejection or locking failure}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Safety devices for use during opening or closing of the mould.

{Hydraulic}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Hydraulically operated clamping means.

{Pneumatic}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Pneumatically operated clamping means.

{Electric, e.g. electric motor}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Electrically operated clamping means.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1812.png

The machine wherein the coupling means (36) is constructed as a rack, threaded rod (40), link chain, toothed belt, V-belt or corresponding means, and the rotating engagement member is constructed as a toothed wheel, threaded wheel (42) or corresponding turning means, and the motor (38) is constructed as an electrically driven motor (44).

{Avoiding mould deformation}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Mould apparatus clamping elements which function in a manner that avoids or prevents deforming the mould.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1813.png

As seen in Figure 1, Element 30 is a cushion which can be inflated such that it projects slightly past the rear face of the mould-half, at least on three sides. Thus, by inflating the cushion 30 with a fluid at a pressure substantially equal to or greater than that of the blow-moulding fluid, the resulting action of these two fluids on the mould-half is an action that pushes toward the other mould-half 14.

In the extrusion-blow-moulding process, pressures on the order of 10 bars are generally used. Also, when the mould has a large cavity or several cavities, the forces exerted by the fluid pressures can be quite large. However, the use of a flexible cushion makes it possible to ensure that the compensating pressure is distributed uniformly over the entire rear face of the mould-half. In this way, the force of the first mould-half 12 applied against the second 14 is uniformly distributed over the entire joint plane of the mould, without the need to use particularly rigid mould-halves or mould clamping units, which allows costs to be decreased.

{using closing means as clamping means}
Definition statement

This place covers:

A mould closing feature which also functions as the mould clamping feature.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

To close the blow-mould and to hold it closed with a high force for a blow-moulding process, the electric motor is activated to drive the push mechanism. The push mechanism, preferably designed as a spindle drive, moves the push rod out of the push mechanism and the electric motor reaches the required torque. Directly after the blow-mould has been closed with high force by an elastic deformation, the braking device is activated to hold the push rod in a state of constantly maintained tension in its instantaneous position and to hold the blowing mould closed with a required closing force.

media1814.png

{Mechanical}
Definition statement

This place covers:

A mould locking element which is operated mechanically.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1815.png

The cross-section of the coupling member 80b which is to be introduced into and co-operate with the receiving coupling member 80a is so adapted to the cross-sectional shape of the opening in the receiving coupling member 80a so that, when the receiving coupling member 80a is in the appropriate angular position, the coupling member 80b can be introduced into the coupling member 80a through the opening therein, in the course of the mould-closing movement. Thereafter, the receiving coupling member 80a is rotated about its longitudinal axis or about the longitudinal axis of the locking portion, thus providing a positively locking connection between the two coupling members. That position is shown in FIG. 5.

{Latch}
Definition statement

This place covers:

A mould locking element which includes a mechanically-operated latch feature.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1816.png

media1817.png

{Rotating locking pin}
Definition statement

This place covers:

A mould locking element which is a mechanically-operated rotating pin.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1818.png

Locking mechanism 25 is actuated by piston and cylinder unit as soon as mould platens 10, 11 are butted to each other and hollow mould 14 is closed. Since locking bush 27 is firmly screwed to mould platen 10 and locking rod 28 is rotatable in mould platen 11 but axially fixed relative thereto, with platens 10, 11 abutting, lock head 29 penetrates into opening 31 of locking bush 27, the mechanism being adjusted so as to always insure an alignment of lock head 29 with opening 31.

{Translating locking pin}
Definition statement

This place covers:

A mould locking element which is a mechanically-operated translating pin.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1819.png

See reference sign 8

media1820.png

See reference sign 21

{Magnetic}
Definition statement

This place covers:

A mould locking element which is magnetically operated.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1821.png

This figure shows a corresponding closed state of the blow-moulding station, i.e. a state in which the first locking element 82 engages in the second locking element 84. The reference number 95 designates a holding magnet which cooperates with a magnetizable element 91, which is likewise arranged in a fixed manner on the locking element 82, and in this way holds the first locking element in the locking position with a pre-set magnetic force. This holding magnet 95 thus constitutes the second magnetic element.

{Pneumatic}
Definition statement

This place covers:

A mould locking element which is pneumatically operated.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1822.png

The locking and unlocking of the mould halves when the mould is in its closed state is effected utilising a locking arrangement which will be described. The locking arrangement comprises a pneumatic piston and cylinder arrangement 40. The piston rod 41 of the arrangement 40, when moved upwardly, engages with the underside of the lowermost locking section 42a of a series of end-abutting locking members 42 which are in the form of locking bars. The mould halves 1 and 2 are provided with clamps 3.

Blowing means
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1913.png

media1914.png

media1915.png

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents, the following words/expressions are often used as synonyms:

  • "blowing means", "blow pin", "blowing nozzle" and "blowing mandrel"
{Regulation of the blowing means clamp force}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of the force of the attachment, or clamp applied, between the blowing element and the preform/parison.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1823.png

After the seal 30 has contacted the upper lip of the parison 24 and the piston 38 moved upward against the biasing force of spring 80, a gaseous blowing medium, typically air, is quickly injected through outlet 14 and into axial passageway 46. The downwardly angled ports 51 extending from the axial passageway 46 through the inner wall 53 of chamber 34 causes a quick increase in pressure within the chamber 34. This increase in pressure within chamber 34 exerts a force on the annular pressure surface 72 of piston 38 causing it to press downwardly to ensure a complete and full seal by the sealing means 30 on the upper lip of opening 22.

Blow-needles
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1916.png

Support 30 facilitates the piercing of the parison

Retractable blow needle, the blow needle has special blow openings

media1917.jpg

Blow needle has special means to facilitate the piercing

media1918.png

{Avoiding needle marks, e.g. insertion in sprue}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Blow needle placement such that any needle marks are avoided. This could include needle insertion in a sprue or other area apart from the article.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1824.png

media1825.png

{Blow needle sterilization}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus which include sterilizing the blowing needle.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1826.png

An apparatus including an element for passing steam through said needle in the sterilization position before the sterile gas is passed through the needle. In operation, the needle 1 is retracted into chamber 2 and is initially connected to the steam system 8 in the position shown in FIG. 1 so as to sterilize the entire blowing circuit.

Venting means
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1919.png

media1920.png

media1921.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Venting means for moulds in general:

B29C 33/10

{for venting blowing medium, e.g. using damper or silencer}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Mould venting element which vents the blowing means, possibly including use of a damper or silencer.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1827.png

As illustrated in FIG. 3f, during and after the step for cooling the mould 18, the cooling fluid—when it is formed by the compressed air escapes through said opening 46 to be evacuated through an exhaust device (not shown) that the blow-moulding means 20 comprise and that commonly comprises a sound suppressor. Noise linked to the expansion of compressed air and then to its evacuation is thus limited.

Advantageously, the evacuation of the cooling air from the mould 18 through such a sound suppressor makes it possible to control the pressure inside the moulding cavity 16, which makes it possible to raise the blow-moulding means 20 to the upper position and then to open again the moulding unit 12.

{using vacuum means}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Mould venting element which vents the blowing means using vacuum pressure.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1828.png

After blowing the receptacle, the supply of high pressure sterile air is interrupted by switching distributor 30. The pressurized sterile blowing air in the receptacle is then evacuated through distributor 24 and valve 31. After evacuation distributor 24 is closed, the needle is withdrawn from the mould cavity by jack 16, distributor 30 is reversed and distributor 36 is opened. The coupling of the vacuum source 35 ensures complete evacuation.

Heating or cooling preforms, parisons or blown articles
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Heating, cooling or curing in general

B29C 35/00

Cooling of preforms after an injection moulding process, said cooled preforms being used in a following blow-moulding process

B29C 45/7207

Heating of preforms in general

B29B 13/023

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents, the following words/expressions are often used as synonyms:

  • "glass transition temperature", "Tg" and "vitreous transition temperature"
{Thermal conditioning of preforms (B29C 49/68 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Heating and cooling preforms before the blow-moulding operation.

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Ovens specially adapted for heating preforms or parisons

B29C 49/68

{Heating of preforms}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Heating cold preforms in one continuous uninterrupted heating phase.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1922.png

Row of preforms are transported through a heating oven

media1923.png

{from the inside}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Heating the preforms from the inside using media such as hot air or interior heating element.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1829.png

{Heated by the mould}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Heating the preforms via a heated mould.

{and shrinking of the preform}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Heating preforms to shrink them into an intermediate product.

media1830.png

{Cooling of preforms}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Cooling hot or molten preforms in one continuous uninterrupted cooling phase (mainly for injection moulded preforms who do not have the correct blow-moulding temperature yet).

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1924.jpeg

{from the inside}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Cooling preforms from the inside using media such as cool air or fluid.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1831.png

{from the outside}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Cooling preforms from the outside using media cool air or fluid in mould channels.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1832.png

media1947.JPG

{characterised by temperature differential}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1925.png

{through the preform length}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1926.png

{by cooling the neck}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Cooling preform neck region.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1833.png

{by heating the neck}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Heating preform neck region.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1834.png

{through the preform thickness}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

Heating apparatus or method that creates a desired temperature profile through a preform.

media1927.png

media1928.png

{tangentially, i.e. along circumference}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Heating system/process for preforms such that there is a difference in temperature through the circumference of the preform, e.g. one radial location of the preform would be heated to a temperature that would differ from a temperature of second radial location.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1835.png

{by masking}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Heating including providing a heat shield of some sort which protects desired sections of the preform during heating, e.g. a handle or neck.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1836.png

{by contact heating or cooling, e.g. mandrels or cores specially adapted for heating or cooling preforms}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1929.png

{Heating}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Heating a preform including using an element which is adapted to engage in contact with a surface of the preform to transfer heat thereto.

media1948.JPG

{Cooling}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Cooling preforms including maintaining contact of a surface of the preform with interior corresponding surface of a cooling sleeve.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1837.jpeg

{on the inside}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Temperature conditioning of preforms via contact on the preform interior with a heating or cooling mandrel.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1948.JPG

{on the outside}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Temperature conditioning of preforms via contact on the preform exterior with a corresponding heating or cooling element.

{in several stages}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- Discontinuous heating having at least one additional phase where the preform is not heated, or even shortly cooled before the next heating phases starts

- DE3908219

media549.jpg

{of preforms or parisons}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Temperature control/adjustment of preforms in parisons which occurs throughout more than one stage or process.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1838.png

Cooling by refrigerant introduced into the blown article
Definition statement

This place covers:

- JP56013141

media552.jpg

- EP1314535

media553.png

{Heating the article, e.g. for hot fill}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Heating the article after a moulding step, e.g. in preparation for hot fill or post-processing steps.

{using special pressurizing during the heating, e.g. in order to control the shrinking}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Heating a blow-moulded article including controlling the pressure during heating, which could function to avoid shrinkage or to induce particular article features.

{Cooling the article}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Cooling a blow-moulded article, e.g. using a water bath or spray, cooled air, refrigerated cabinet.

{Conditioning the blown article outside the mould, e.g. while transporting it out of the mould}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Thermally conditioning a blow-moulded article including affecting its temperature outside of the mould during transport or further processing.

Ovens specially adapted for heating preforms or parisons
Definition statement

This place covers:

the heating device (oven) functioning as a whole

Special rules of classification

Details of ovens specially adapted for heating preforms or parisons are classified in B29C 49/64

{using a conditioning receptacle, e.g. a cavity, e.g. having heated or cooled regions}
Definition statement

This place covers:

An oven which includes a cavity designed to receive and heat a preform/parison. Such a cavity could also have locations which are designed to cool or not heat specific locations of the preform/parison.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1839.png

{characterised by the path, e.g. sinusoidal path}
Definition statement

This place covers:

An oven designed to thermally condition preforms/parisons which includes a distinctive conveyance path for such thermal conditioning, e.g. sinusoidal.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1840.png

{Mounting exchanging or centering ovens or parts thereof}
Definition statement

This place covers:

An oven designed to thermally condition preforms/parisons which includes elements which are exchangeable, and the process of mounting, exchanging, or centering the oven parts.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1949.JPG

Heating modules which are exchangeable or interchangeable (elements 11-16 in Figure).

{Adjustable or modular conditioning means, e.g. position and number of heating elements}
Definition statement

This place covers:

An oven designed to thermally condition preforms/parisons which includes elements which are adjustable in quantity, position, or other ways.

{using reflectors}
Definition statement

This place covers:

An oven designed to thermally condition preforms/parisons which includes elements which are reflective.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1841.png

A device that comprises reflectors (60) arranged in an external position relative to the heating tubes (40) and to the preforms (14) and so shaped as to reflect the heating radiation emitted by the heating tubes (40) disposed nearest the reflectors (60) in the direction of the preforms (14) of the farthest row of preforms through the free space between two successive preforms of the nearest row.

{using masking}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Heating in an oven which includes masking elements that shield desired parts of a preform therein.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1842.png

{using ventilation, e.g. a fan}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Heating in an oven which includes ventilation elements.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1843.png

Oven (10) for the heat treatment of thermoplastic preforms (12) each respectively comprising a first part (14, 16) in its definitive shape and a second part (18, 20) intended to be heated by heating means (30) arranged along at least part of a determined heating path followed by the preforms (12) travelling through the oven, the said oven (10) comprising a cooling system (36) capable respectively of cooling the first parts (14, 16) and the second parts (18, 20) of the preforms. The cooling system (36) comprises at least one cooling device (42) capable of air-cooling at least the second part (18, 20) of the preforms (12), the said cooling device (42) comprising at least ventilation means (52) capable of delivering a given flow rate of cooling air and means (58, 64) for selectively varying, along the heating path of the preforms (12), at least the cooling airflow rate delivered by the said ventilation means (52) for cooling the said second parts (18,20) of the preforms (12).

media1844.png

A bottle blank heating air channel for a bottle blowing machine, wherein a heating box is provided, wherein the heating box is set on the opposite side of the bottle body air channel air outlet, wherein a space for the bottle plank is formed between the heating box and opposite side of the bottle body air channel air outlet, wherein a ventilating channel is provided on the heating box, and wherein the air outlet of the ventilating channel is connected to the air inlet of the bottle body air outlet channel.

{Rotating the preform in relation to heating means}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Heating in an oven which includes preform rotation relative to the heating elements.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1845.png

Furnace for conditioning preforms, in particular for stretch blow-moulding plastic containers, comprising a plurality of heating chambers rotating in a circle for heating one preform each with infrared radiation, holding devices for holding the preforms during heating such that a section of the preform to be conditioned is arranged in a heating chamber, and a section of the preform not to be conditioned is arranged outside the heating chamber.

media1846.png

An oven for blowing or stretch-blowing preforms to provide containers with oval section, comprising a path for the preforms, a transfer system of the preforms from an upstream transport system upstream of the oven and a transfer system of the heated preforms from the oven to a downstream transport system, wherein a plurality of mandrels are slidingly carried along the path, the mandrels configured to temporarily engage with the preforms to conduct the preforms along the path, the oven comprising at least one first heating module and at least one second heating module, wherein the oven comprises a rotator for rotating said preforms by 180°, said rotator being in median position of said at least one second heating module.

{Cooling of heating means, e.g. avoiding overheating}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Heating in an oven which includes the features of cooling the heating elements so as to prevent overheating of the apparatus or element to be heated.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1847.png

media1848.png

The unit 1 includes a plurality of heaters 13, and a cooling circuit 18 inside a frame 7. The cooling circuit 18 limits the amount of heat produced by the heaters 13.

Removing or ejecting blown articles from the mould
Definition statement

This place covers:

Means to facilitate the removing or ejecting of blown articles from the mould. These ejecting means are typically located in the mould.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1930.jpg

media1931.jpg

media1932.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds in general with means for to facilitate the removal of articles

B29C 33/44

Means explicitly adapted for transporting blown articles

B29C 49/42069

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms or expressions are used with the meaning indicated:

ejecting

separating moulded products from the mould cavity

Deflashing outside the mould
Definition statement

This place covers:

media557.jpg

- EP1050394

media558.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Deflashing in general

B29C 37/02

Deflashing the neck portion
Definition statement

This place covers:

- US2005284275

media559.jpg

- GB1483712

media560.jpg

Neck calibration
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1933.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1934.png

media563.png

{blowing pressure}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Control of fluid pressure in general

G05D 16/00

{characterised by pressure values or ranges}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a material-shaping process including controlling blowing pressure values/ranges.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1849.png

A process wherein the pressure during the preliminary blowing phase has a value in the interval of 10 bar to 25 bar and wherein the pressure during the primary blowing phase has a value in the interval of 25 bar to 40 bar.

{Blowing with two or more pressure levels}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a material-shaping process including controlling blowing pressure of two or more levels.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1850.png

media1851.png

{Blowing with three or more pressure levels}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a material-shaping process including controlling blowing pressure of three or more levels.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1852.png

{Pressure increase speed, e.g. dependent on stretch or position}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a material-shaping process including controlling blowing pressure in terms of how fast/slow the pressure increases. This may depend on preform stretch or position.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1853.png

FIG. 6 illustrates in a diagram the relation of a chronological blow pressure pattern 42, a stretching force development 43 as well as a stretching rod positioning 44. The scale of the time axis takes place in this case in milliseconds and the amplitude values are scaled in bar, Newton or millimeter. FIG. 6 illustrates that with respect to the positioning of the stretching rod 11, this stretching rod is initially moved essentially without development of a stretching force into the preform 1. After a contact of the stretching rod 11 at the bottom of the preform 1, the latter is stretched and a relatively great development of the stretching force takes place. After the longitudinal stretching is concluded, the remaining stretching force results from the stabilization of the preform in the stretched position while taking into consideration elastic restoring forces within the material of the preform. The blowing pressure sequence 42 shows the division into a pre-blowing phase during the carrying out of the stretching process and a principal blowing phase after a significant conclusion of the stretching procedure.

{Pressure reduction speed}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a material-shaping process including controlling blowing pressure in terms of how fast/slow the pressure decreases. This may depend on preform stretch or position.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1854.png

While blowing, the compressed air itself is preferably cooled to an adjustable temperature as well, which may be either higher or lower than zero degrees Celsius. Thus, the decrease of pressure can be faster, since the blown object has to cool less long, and the de-aeration time D thus decreases, and the production speed and the output of the blowing process increase. The decrease of pressure in area C can be obtained by successively going through more than one adjustable discrete pressure value or, when using an unlimited number of such adjustable pressure values, by running through a continuously adjustable curve, whereby the last set pressure value can amount to zero bar relative pressure in relation to the atmospheric pressure.

{of the preform}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a material-shaping process including controlling temperature of a preform.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1855.png

Figure 1 depicts the outlet of the heating station 8, the heated preforms 22 are at a temperature comprised between the glass transition temperature of the material of the preform and its crystallization temperature, in order to obtain, at the outlet of the heating station 8, soft heated preforms 22 able to be deformed under the influence of a pressure injected inside the heated preforms 22, i.e. malleable preforms. The temperature is such that the preforms however still maintain their shape at the atmospheric pressure, meaning that they do not tend to be deformed without any pressure applied on them. As an example, for a preform made of PET in the dimensions range mentioned previously, the preform is heated at a temperature comprised between 100° C. and 140° C. It should however be noted that the more the preform has to be subjected to a greater expansion along an axial direction and/or along radial directions, the more the preform is heated at a temperature over the glass transition temperature, but without reaching the crystallization temperature, for example around 135° C. for a preform made of PET in the dimensions range mentioned previously. Consequently, for preforms having a high bi-orientation rate, defining the cumulated axial elongation and radial expansion to which the preform has to be subjected, one wants to work at the highest possible temperatures, but without crystalizing the material of the preform, in order to allow the preform to be deformed easily enough to reach the wanted shape of the container without the appearance of an overstretching of the material, possible with a temperature not high enough and/or of an high stretching rate.

The acquired images or film are then transferred to the control unit 50 and compared to the reference gauge. Furthermore, a sensor for sensing the temperature of the heated preform 22 could be provided and a formula for correcting the acceptable retraction depending on the temperature of the heated preform 22 could be applied. If one of the acquired images or one of the images of the film shows a profile of the preform radially diverging more than the reference gauge, then it is determined that the analyzed preform is unsatisfactory.

{characterised by temperature values or ranges}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a material-shaping process including controlling temperature of a preform in terms of temperature values or ranges.

{Cold blow-moulding, e.g. below Tg}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a material-shaping process including controlling temperature of a preform which includes cold blow-moulding processes, e.g. below the glass transition temperature of the preform material.

{of the mould}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a material-shaping process including controlling temperature of a mould.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1856.png

A moulding machine, wherein a sensor comprises a temperature sensor for sensing the temperature of the mould.

{characterised by temperature values or ranges}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a material-shaping process including controlling temperature of a mould in terms of temperature values or ranges.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1857.png

{of the stretching means, e.g. stretch rod}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a material-shaping process including controlling temperature of stretching elements, e.g. stretch rod.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1858.png

The drawing rod 15, which is made of metal, is brought into contact sequentially with the bottoms of successive hot preforms and its temperature undoubtedly rises because of these repetitive contacts; however, these contacts being only intermittent, the rod remains at all times at an average temperature substantially lower than that of the hot preforms. To give a concrete idea of this, the preforms are typically heated to a temperature of the order of 100° C. whereas the average temperature of the drawing rod remains of the order of 85° C.

{of the heating or cooling means}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a material-shaping process including controlling temperature of the elements which provide heating or cooling.

{of the heating means}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a material-shaping process including controlling temperature of elements which provide heating.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1859.png

FIG. 9 shows a heating chamber 4 in which temperature probes 41 are additionally provided. These can, for example, be provided in the vicinity of the recesses 4d of the feed line 14b or on the discharge line 14c of the cooling air 14. With the temperature probes 41 it is possible to monitor the temperature within the heating chambers 4. Similarly, it is conceivable that with the aid of the temperature probes 41 and a suitable control device the amount of cooling air introduced into the heating chamber 4 can be controlled, in particular with convection driven by a blower. However, this would also be possible with free convection. A temperature control can also be used to stabilise the heat distribution in the preform and/or to compensate differences between individual heating chambers 4 or preforms 5. It is also conceivable to regulate the amount of air to be introduced in dependence of a measured final temperature after heating the preform and/or to mix discharged cooling air 14 for temperature control at least partly with the cooling air 14 to be fed in and/or to pass the discharged cooling air 14 to a heat exchanger for heat extraction in another process.

With the aid of temperature probes 41 the temperature in the heating chambers 4, in particular after closing the lid 21 with the heating chamber 4 uncharged, can be set to a constant value or to a uniform output temperature for heating the preforms 5.

{of the articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a material-shaping process including controlling temperature of the formed article.

{of a layer, e.g. intermediate layer}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a material-shaping process including controlling thickness of a preform in terms of the particular thickness of a layer within the preform.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1860.png

media1861.png

media1862.png

media1863.png

media1864.png

media1865.png

media1866.png

As seen in Figures 2-7, a laminated and moulded body obtained by coextruding and moulding at least two kinds of resin materials. At least one layer of said laminated and moulded body comprises a coloured layer having a thickness continuously or intermittently varied in a predetermined direction with respect to the extruding direction of the resin material of said coloured layer, wherein the predetermined direction preferably is a direction parallel to the extruding direction of said at least one layer of said laminated and moulded body or preferably the predetermined direction is a direction intersecting the extruding direction of said at least one layer of said laminated and moulded body or preferably the predetermined direction comprises a direction parallel to the extruding direction of said at least one layer of said laminated and moulded body and another direction intersecting the extruding direction, wherein preferably the full thickness of said laminated and moulded body is substantially constant along said predetermined direction, wherein preferably said coloured layer has a thickness varied within a range of 50% of the full thickness of said laminated and moulded body.

{of the extruded preform thickness}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a material-shaping process including controlling thickness of a preform in terms of the thickness of the preform as-extruded.

{of the blown article thickness}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a material-shaping process including controlling thickness of a preform in terms of the thickness of the blown article.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1867.png

Figure 1 shows machine control features connected to moulding devices for a thickness monitor that generates a thickness signal representing an average wall thickness of the container; and a system control connected to said thickness monitor and being responsive to said thickness signal for generating a control signal, a control signal for adjusting operation of the moulding devices based upon average wall thickness, such that the system control responds to feedback signals generated by the moulding devices by adjusting operation of the moulding devices.

{Extrusion speed; Extruded preform position or length; Extrusion fall speed}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a material-shaping process including controlling extrusion speed, such as extrudate position, length, or fall speed.

{Preform or article shape, weight, defect or presence}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a material-shaping process including controlling preform attributes of shape, weight, or presence of defect.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1868.png

This figure depicts detecting, from at least some of the blow-moulded containers in the production process, the axial location of the indicator relative to a control location; determining for the at least some blow-moulded containers a material distribution outcome based on the detected axial locations of each indicator accumulating data representative of the material distribution outcome for a group of containers; computing an average material distribution characteristic for the group of containers; classifying the average material distribution characteristic for the group of containers in one of a pre-defined set of classes; and providing a signal based on the classification.

{Weight or density}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a material-shaping process including controlling preform attributes of weight or density.

{Size or shape}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a material-shaping process including controlling preform attributes of size or shape.

{Defects}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1869.png

{Presence, e.g. of the preform in the mould}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a material-shaping process including controlling preform attributes of a presence of a defect in the preform.

{Preform or article handling, e.g. flow from station to station}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Measuring, controlling, or regulating the movement and/or handling or preforms, parisons, or articles from one location to another location along a process flow direction.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1870.png

{Computer or PLC control}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1871.png

{Mechanical control}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1872.png

media1873.png

{using wireless transmission}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Where the controller type or interface uses wireless transmission.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1874.png

Figure 1 illustrates the air recirculation 9 equipped with a pressure sensor 11 which monitors the pressure conditions of the blow-moulding air to be recirculated out of the container 5. This data is sent from the pressure sensor 11 to the transmitting and receiving unit 12 of the control unit 3 via a transmitting/receiving unit 12' by wireless transmission. With the help of these results as well as other results, the control unit 3 is able to optimally regulate the compressor 2 in order to optimise and/or reduce the power consumption by the entire hollow body manufacturing unit 1.

{Control interface, e.g. display}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1875.png

media1876.png

media1877.png

media1878.png

media1879.png

Testing, e.g. for leaks
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1935.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Investigating fluid-tightness of structures

G01M 3/02

{Taking preform or article samples, e.g. by cutting out pieces for analysis}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Testing by taking preform or article samples.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1880.png

Shaping by thermoforming {, i.e. shaping sheets or sheet like preforms after heating}, e.g. shaping sheets in matched moulds or by deep-drawing; Apparatus therefor {(blow moulding of tubular preforms B29C 49/00, deforming of tubular or hollow preforms B29C 67/0014)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- shaping of materials in a plastic state by thermoforming

- simulation of thermoforming

- honeycomb structures sheets which are thermoformed with thermoplastic sheets surrounding it as long as the thermoplastic sheets are plastically deformed,

- plates or sheets which are clamped in such a way that they can at least partially slide into the mould when thermoformed

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Surface shaping

B29C 59/00

Cold deforming of thermoplastics material

B29C 67/0029

Self-reinforcing plastics

B29C 70/04

Metal deep-drawing

B21D 22/00

Packaging individual articles in containers or receptacles whereby the machines incorporate means for making the containers

B65B 3/022

Blister packaging

B65B 9/042

Blister packages

B65D 81/03

Special rules of classification

- For articles and materials, as much as possible additional classification by adding the Indexing Codes of B29K and B29L is recommended.

- If more then 4 different thermoplastic materials are described in the disclosure then the Indexing Code B29K 2101/12 should be allocated. In addition only up to 4 of the disclosed uncommon thermoplastic materials are classified (common thermoplastics for thermoforming are PET, PE, PP) by allocating the appropriate Indexing Code as provided in B29K 2001/00 - B29K 2101/00.

- Inventive and additional information disclosed in documents to be classified should be identified by allocation the appropriate classification codes of B29C 51/00 - B29C 51/46. In particular attention should be paid to the so called break down Indexing Codes, which are only present at additional information level, but should be allocated if disclosed in the document to be classified.

- If during thermoforming a vacuum, a vacuum and pressure or a pressure is used then one or both of the following classification codes should additionally be allocated: B29C 2791/006 and/or B29C 2791/007.

{characterised by the choice of material}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- Thermoforming processes, whereby their disclosure focuses on the materials or material parameters

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Compositions of macromolecular compounds in general

C08L 1/00 - C08L 101/10

Special rules of classification

If reinforcing material is comprised in the material to be thermoformed, then the following Indexing Codes should additionally be allocated: B29K 2201/00 - B29K 2313/02

{Textile or other fibrous material made from plastics fibres (combined with plastic layers B29C 51/145; compression moulding of reinforced plastic articles in matched moulds B29C 70/46; using pressure difference B29C 70/44)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- Thermoforming of fabrics or textiles made of thermoplastic material. Fabrics or textiles can be woven or non woven.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping composites

B29C 70/00

Self-reinforcing plastics

B29C 70/04

Helmets

B29L 2031/48

Brassieres

B29L 2031/4885

Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres; Making three- dimensional articles by consolidation

D04H 1/005

Processes for the fixation or treatment of textile materials in three-dimensional forms

D06M 23/14

{for making articles having hollow walls}
Definition statement

This place covers:

-US2003026929

media565.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Hollow walled articles

B29L 2024/00

{without using a mould, e.g. ballooning (as prestretching step B29C 51/06)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media566.jpg

Combined thermoforming and manufacture of the preform
Definition statement

This place covers:

- EP2226181

media567.jpg

Combined thermoforming and prestretching, e.g. biaxial stretching
Definition statement

This place covers:

media568.png

using pressure difference {for prestretching}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media569.png

Deep drawing or matched-mould forming, i.e. using mechanical means only
Definition statement

This place covers:

- moulds without counter mould

Top of Form

DE102008025084

media570.jpgmedia571.jpg

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Mechanical deformation of paper or cardboard, e.g. deep drawing techniques

B31F 1/00

{by shaping between complementary mould parts}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- WO9728942

media572.png

{with at least one of the shaping surfaces being made of resilien material, e.g. rubber}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- FR2640545

media573.png

{with at least one of the mould parts comprising independently movable sections (B29C 51/32 and B29C 51/34 take precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media574.png

Forming by pressure difference, e.g. vacuum
Definition statement

This place covers:

media575.jpg

media576.png

{Twin sheet thermoforming, i.e. deforming two parallel opposing sheets or foils at the same time by using one common mould cavity and without welding them together during thermoforming (B29C 51/267, B29C 49/0691 take precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

-thermoforming processes, whereby two sheets are deformed at the same time by pressure or vacuum in one combined mould cavity, but they are not welded together either before or during the thermoforming operation

of articles having inserts or reinforcements
Definition statement

This place covers:

JP61193830

media577.png

Special rules of classification

When details of inserts are indicated, then it is highly desirable to allocate additionally the following Indexing Codes for additional information:

using multilayered preforms or sheets
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Layered products comprising thermoplastic sheets per se

B32B 27/00

Special rules of classification

- Thermoformed articles which are decorated with paint or sheets with a paint layer are additionally classified by adding the Indexing Code: B29L 2031/722

Lining or labelling
Definition statement

This place covers:

Thermoforming process whereby the lining must be heated and deformed during the lining operation.

media578.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Lining or sheathing in general

B29C 63/00

Producing of labels

B31D 1/02

Labelling in general, other then flat surfaces

B65C 3/00

In mould labelled containers

B65D 23/0864

Labels in general e.g. for thermo adhesion

G09F 3/04

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms or expressions are used with the meaning indicated:

Lining

Covering the whole outer and/or inner surface of articles with a heated thermoplastic sheet. The heated sheet is stretched and three dimensionally deformed.

Labelling

Connecting a label, which is for example on the inside of a mould cavity, to a heated preform or sheet while the preform or sheet is thermoformed. Often also called "in mould labelling

{of deep containers or boxes}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media579.png

{combined with the feeding or the shaping of the lining or the labels (by injection moulding B29C 45/14008, B29C 45/1418)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- FR2613982

media580.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Label feeding in general

B65C 9/08

{of a continuous strip}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- US2482558

media581.jpg

having movable moulds or mould parts
Definition statement

This place covers:

US4105736

media582.jpg

rotatable about an axis
Definition statement

This place covers:

- FR2911537

media583.jpg

{mounted on a vacuum drum (for surface shaping B29C 59/06)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- Vacuum, pressure or match mould deforming as long as it is mounted on a drum

-WO2004113073

media584.jpgmedia585.jpg

Component parts, details or accessories; Auxiliary operations
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Handling of moulds between a mould store and a moulding machine in general

B29C 31/006

Mounting, exchanging or centering of moulds

B29C 33/30

Maintenance of moulds namely cleaning

B29C 33/72

Sterilisation in general

A61L 2/00

{Handling means, e.g. transfer means, feeding means (B29C 51/44 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media586.jpgmedia587.jpgmedia588.jpg

- JP10305480

media589.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Handling sheet like materials in general

B65G 47/00

{Clamping means for the sheets, e.g. clamping frames}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- GB2324268

media590.jpg

{characterised by using a particular environment, e.g. sterile}
Definition statement

This place covers:

e.g.:

- thermoforming in clean rooms

- using an incompressible fluid for thermoforming

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Method or apparatus for sterilising in general

A61L 2/00

Cleaning in general

B08B 1/00

for applying pressure through the wall of an inflated bag or diaphragm
Definition statement

This place covers:

- GB2049535

media591.jpg- media592.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Isostatic pressing in compression moulding

B29C 43/10

Moulds
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds in general characterised by the material or the manufacturing process

B29C 33/38 - B29C 33/405

{with sealing means or the like}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- US3238566

media593.jpg

{with means for forming a rim (combined with cutting B29C 51/325; rim rolling per se B29C 53/34)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Top of Form

- GB2187129

media594.jpg

US5641379

media595.jpg

for undercut articles
Definition statement

This place covers:

media596.jpg

{having recessed undersurfaces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media597.jpg

{specially adapted to facilitate the destacking of nestable containers}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media598.png

specially adapted for vacuum forming {, Manufacture thereof}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media599.jpg

{Porous moulds}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- Microporous or sintered moulds

media600.jpg

Opening, closing or clamping means
Definition statement

This place covers:

media601.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Opening, closing or clamping of moulds in general

B29C 33/20 - B29C 33/28

Venting means
Definition statement

This place covers:

- DE29908024U

media602.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Venting means for moulds in general

B29C 33/10

Heating or cooling
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Heating, cooling or curing in general

B29C 35/00

Heating of preforms in general

B29B 13/023

Special rules of classification

When details of the heating or cooling means are indicated, then it is highly desirable to allocate additionally the following corresponding Indexing Codes for additional information:

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents, the following words/expressions are often used as synonyms:

  • "glass transition temperature", "Tg" and "vitreous transition temperature"
{of preforms, specially adapted for thermoforming (preheating sheets in general B29B 13/023; B29C 51/427 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media603.png

{to produce a temperature differential (B29C 51/426 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media604.png

{through the thickness of the preform}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media605.png

{using a heated fluid}
Definition statement

This place covers:

- WO2005007386

media606.jpg

{using movable heating devices}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media607.png

{Cooling of the material with a fluid blast}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media608.png

{of moulds or mould parts}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media609.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Heating or cooling of moulds in general

B29C 33/02 - B29C 33/08

Special rules of classification

- If the heating or cooling system applied in the thermoforming mould is of general interest, then additional classification in the general groups B29C 33/02 - B29C 33/08 is recommended.

Removing or ejecting moulded articles
Definition statement

This place covers:

Contains also stacking of articles

media610.jpgmedia611.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds with means for to facilitate the removal of articles

B29C 33/44

Stacking of nested articles

B65G 57/165

{from a support after moulding, e.g. by cutting}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media612.png

Shaping by bending, folding, twisting, straightening or flattening; Apparatus therefor (B29C 61/10 takes precedence)
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Lining or sheathing by winding sheet or web-like material helically

B29C 63/08

Lining or sheathing by winding sheet or web-like material spirally

B29C 63/12

Covering or wrapping cores by winding webs, tapes or filamentary material

B65H 81/00

of plates or sheets
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Apparatus for taking-out curl from webs

B65H 23/34

Winding and joining, e.g. winding spirally {(winding in general B65H)}
Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms or expressions are used with the meaning indicated:

Spirally

the successive turns are completely overlapping each other

Helically

the successive turns are partially overlapping each other

Shaping by stretching, e.g. drawing through a die; Apparatus therefor (B29C 61/08 takes precedence)
Definition statement

This place covers:

Documents describing shaping by stretching, drawing, orienting polymeric articles like films, sheets, webs, tapes, ribbons, bands, strips, slabs, plates, plaques, boards, tubes, hoses etc.

The subgroups define the mechanical and geometrical ways in which stretching is performed.

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Manufacture of films or sheets characterised by the chemical composition

C08J 5/18

Stretching of fibres, filaments, threads and the like and of textile fabrics

D01D, D06C

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Membranes produced by stretching

B01D 67/0025

Producing films characterised by special physical or application properties (e.g. translucent films for light diffusion)

B29D 7/01

Film laminates

B32B 27/00

Stretch wrapping

B65B 11/00

Shaping of tube ends, e.g. flanging, belling or closing; Apparatus therefor {, e.g. collapsible mandrels}
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Shaping a tube locally and then cutting in the deformed area, so that two tubes with shaped ends are obtained

B29C 67/0014

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Forming the tip of catheters

A61M 25/001

Altering the diameter of tube ends

B21D 41/00

Shaping paper or cardboard tube ends

B31F 1/008

Surface shaping {of articles}, e.g. embossing; Apparatus therefor {(in-mould printing B29C 37/0025; by using liquids B29C 71/0009; by using gases without chemical reaction B29C 71/009; for decorating in general B44; abrasive blasting B24C; chemical aspects C08J 7/00)}
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces, lithographic processes using patterning methods other than those involving the exposure to radiation, e.g. by stamping

G03F 7/0002

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulding articles characterized by the shape of the surface

B29C 37/0053

Shapping composites, comprising fillers only, the filler influencing the surface characteristics of the material, e.g. by concentrating near the surface or by incorporating in the surface by force

B29C 70/64

Absorbent pads, characterised by the outer layer being three-dimensional, e.g. embossed, textured

A61F 13/51476

Producing rollers or cylinders having an axial length of several times the diameter, e.g. for embossing, pressing or printing

B29D 99/0035

Basic electric elements such as spark gaps; overvoltage arresters using spark gaps; sparking plugs; corona devices

H01T

Plasma technique

H05H

{Component parts, details or accessories; Auxiliary operations}
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

incorporation of release agents in the material to be embossed

B29C 59/005

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

using lubricants during embossing

B29C 2037/92

{characterised by the choice of material}
Definition statement

This place covers:

incorporation of release agents in the material to be embossed

{Forming single grooves or ribs, e.g. tear lines, weak spots (by moulding B29C 37/0057; folding lines B29C 53/06; in metal articles B21D 17/00; by cutting B26D 3/08)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media613.png

media614.png

media615.png

media616.png

media617.png

media618.png

media619.png

media620.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Working by laser beam, removal material, plastics

B23K 26/402

Cutting work, making a superficial cut in the surface of the work without removal of material, e.g. scoring, incising

B26D 3/085

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulding articles characterised by the shape of the surface; moulding single grooves or ribs, e.g. tear lines

B29C 37/0057

Vehicles, arrangements for storing air bag modules, characterised by a tear line for defining a deployment opening

B60R 21/2165

Packages comprising tear-lines provided in a wall portion

B65D 75/5827

by mechanical means, e.g. pressing {(B29C 59/007 takes precedence; embossing expanded porous articles B29C 44/5627)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media621.png

media622.png

media623.png

media624.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Apparatus or machines for carrying out printing operations with other operations, with embossing

B41F 19/02

Inking and printing with a printer's forme combined with embossing

B41M 1/24

Machines or apparatus for embossing decorations or marks, dies

B44B 5/026

Machines or apparatus for embossing decorations or marks, heated dies

B44B 5/028

Artists' hand tool for embossing

B44B 11/04

Processes for producing decorative surface effects, pressing or stamping ornamental designs on surfaces

B44C 1/24

Processes for producing ornamental structures, stamping

B44C 3/08

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds or cores characterized by the shape of the moulding surface, e.g. ribs, grooves

B29C 33/42

Shaping by casting, making articles of definite length characterised by the shape of the surface

B29C 39/026

Compression moulding of article of definite length chatracterised by the shape of the surface

B29C 43/021

Shaping by swelling, foaming, after-treatment of articles, by mechanical deformation, e.g. embossing

B29C 44/5627

Injection moulding, mould cavity walls provided with means for marking or patterning

B29C 45/372

Blow moulding moulds having decorating or printing means

B29C 49/52

Processes for manufacturing semi-permeable membranes; after-treatment of organic or inorganic membranes; mechanical after-treatment

B01D 67/0086

Mechanical deformation of paper or cardboard, embossing

B31F 1/07

{of profiled articles, e.g. hollow or tubular articles, beams}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media625.png

media626.png

media627.png

media628.png

media629.png

media630.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Extrusion moulding, producing hollow articles characterised by the shape of the surface, e.g. rough, irregular

B29C 48/002

{characterised by the disposition or the configuration, e.g. dimensions, of the embossments or the shaping tools therefor}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media631.png

media632.png

media633.png

media634.png

media635.png

media636.png

media637.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Apparatus or processes specially adapted for the manufacture of record carriers, preparing and using a stamper, e.g. pressing or injection moulding substrates

G11B 7/263

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Apparatus or processes for manufacturing absorbent pads, mechanical treatment of webs, e.g. for giving them a fibre like appearance, e.g. by embossing

A61F 13/15731

Methods preventing deposition of fouling or of dust, by giving articles subject to fouling a special shape or arrangement (e.g. lotus effect)

B08B 17/06

Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses, prisms; optical laminates

B29D 11/0073

Producing carriers of records containing fine grooves or impressions, producing optically read record carriers, e.g. optical discs

B29D 17/007

Curable composition for imprints

C08F 2/48

Holographic processes or apparatus

G03H 1/00

{Fibrous surfaces with piles or similar fibres substantially perpendicular to the surface}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media638.png

media639.png

media640.png

media641.png

media642.png

media643.png

media644.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Compression moulding of articles of indefinite length, characterised by the shape of the surface

B29C 43/222

Fasteners of the touch-and-close type; making such fasteners made integrally of plastics, obtained by moulding processes

A44B 18/0049

Absorbent pads, topsheet characterised by its apertures, e.g. perforations

A61F 13/512

{of layered or coated substantially flat surfaces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media645.png

media646.png

media647.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Floor covering on textile basis, e.g. PVC coatings on fibrous felt, characterised by their relief structure obtained by mechanical embossing

D06N 7/001

using rollers or endless belts
Definition statement

This place covers:

media648.png

media649.png

media650.png

media651.png

media652.png

media653.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Compression moulding of articles of indefinite length, characterised by the shape of the surface

B29C 43/222

Fasteners of the touch-and-close type; making such fasteners made integrally of plastics, obtained by moulding processes

A44B 18/0049

Absorbent pads, topsheet characterised by its apertures, e.g. perforations

A61F 13/512

{for profiled articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media654.png

media655.png

media656.png

{for layered or coated substantially flat surfaces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media657.png

media658.png

media659.png

media660.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses, prisms; optical laminates

B29D 11/0073

Ancillary operations in connection with laminating processes, embossing

B32B 38/06

using vacuum drums {(for thermoforming B29C 51/225)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media661.png

media662.png

media663.png

media664.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Apparatus or processes for manufacturing absorbent pads, mechanical treatment of webs, e.g. for giving them a fibre like appearance, e.g. by embossing

A61F 13/15731

Perforating by non-mechanical means, e.g. by fluid jet

B26F 1/26

by flame treatment {; using hot gases}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media665.png

media666.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Pretreatment of surfaces to which liquids or fluent materials are to be applied; by flame

B05D 3/08

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Inking and printing with a printer's forme; printing on plastics, using mechanical, physical or chemical means, e.g. corona discharge, etching or organic solvents, to improve ink retention

B41M 1/305

{of profiled articles, e.g. hollow or tubular articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media667.png

media668.png

by electric discharge treatment
Definition statement

This place covers:

media669.png

media670.png

media671.png

media672.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Pretreatment of surfaces to which liquids or fluent materials are to be applied; by electrical means

B05D 3/14

Inking and printing with a printer's forme; printing on plastics, using mechanical, physical or chemical means, e.g. corona discharge, etching or organic solvents, to improve ink retention

B41M 1/305

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Physical treatment of fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, of fibrous goods; corona discharge, low temperature plasma

D06M 10/025

Devices providing for corona discharge

H01T 19/00

Devices providing for corona discharge, corona rings

H01T 19/02

Devices providing for corona discharge, having pointed electrodes

H01T 19/04

{of profiled articles, e.g. hollow or tubular articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media673.png

media674.png

media675.png

media676.png

{the electrodes being placed on the same side of the material to be treated}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media677.png

media678.png

media679.png

media680.png

in an environment other than air
Definition statement

This place covers:

media681.png

media682.png

by plasma treatment {(plasma tubes per se H01J)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media683.png

media684.png

media685.png

media686.png

media687.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Processes, other than flocking for applying particular liquids or other fluent materials; plasma deposition of organic layers

B05D 1/62

Pretreatment of surfaces to which liquids or fluent materials are to be applied; plasma treatment, pretreatment of polymeric substrates

B05D 3/144

Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits; etching the insulating substrate by plasma etching

H05K 3/0041

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Processes for manufacturing semi-permeable membranes; after-treatment of organic or inorganic membranes; with wave-energy, particle radiation or plasma

B01D 67/009

Physical treatment of fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, of fibrous goods; corona discharge, low temperature plasma

D06M 10/025

{of profiled articles, e.g. hollow or tubular articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media688.jpg

media689.png

media690.png

media691.png

media692.png

by wave energy or particle radiation {, e.g. infrared heating (B29C 59/007 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media693.jpg

media694.png

media695.png

media696.png

media697.png

media698.png

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Pretreatment of surfaces to which liquids or fluent materials are to be applied; by exposure to radiation, using U.V., pretreatment of polymeric substrates

B05D 3/063

Pretreatment of surfaces to which liquids or fluent materials are to be applied; by exposure to radiation, using U.V., after-treatment

B05D 3/065

Pretreatment of surfaces to which liquids or fluent materials are to be applied; by exposure to radiation, using ionising radiations (gamma, X, electrons)

B05D 3/068

Working by laser beam, removal material, plastics

B23K 26/402

Duplicating or marking methods; thermography; marking of plastic artifacts, e.g. with laser

B41M 5/267

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Coating by vacuum evaporation; pre-treatment of the material to be coated; cleaning or etching treatment by means of bombardment with energetic particles or radiation

C23C 14/022

{of profiled articles, e.g. hollow or tubular articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media699.jpg

media700.png

media701.png

by liberation of internal stresses, e.g. plastic memory
Definition statement

This place covers:

media702.png

media703.jpg

media704.jpg

media705.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping by liberation of internal stresses; thermal shrinking

B29C 61/02

Shaping by liberation of internal stresses; Making preforms having internal stresses; Apparatus therefor (for surface shaping B29C 59/18; for lining articles B29C 63/38; for joining preformed parts B29C 65/66 {; for packaging B65B 53/00; connecting arrangements or other fittings for plastics pipes using shrink-down material F16L 47/22, electrical connections insulated using heat shrinking insulating sleeves H01R 4/72; cable junctions protected by sleeves H02G 15/18})
Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or apparatus for liberation of internal stresses, typically for heat-shrinking

Methods or apparatus for making preforms having internal stresses, typically heat-shrinkable articles

Heating devices specially designed for thermal shrinking.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Mechanical power produced by shape memory element

F03G 7/0614

Shrinkage connections

F16B 4/006

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents, the following words/expressions are often used as synonyms:

  • "shrink", "recover" and "shape memory"
Lining or sheathing, i.e. applying preformed layers or sheathings of plastics; Apparatus therefor (B29C 73/00 takes precedence; by blowing B29C 49/00; by thermoforming B29C 51/00)
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Extrusion coating

B29C 48/00

Applying liquid or other fluent coatings

B05D

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Inserting a flexible liner inside a pipe for covering leaks

F16L 55/165

Additive manufacturing, i.e. manufacturing of three-dimensional [3D] objects by additive deposition, additive agglomeration or additive layering, e.g. by 3D printing, stereolithography or selective laser sintering
Definition statement

This place covers:

Technologies involving the use or application of processes or apparatus that produce three-dimensionally shaped structures by selectively depositing successive layers of material one upon another. In particular it covers processes, apparatus and other aspects of additive manufacturing, i.e., making, repairing, or modifying articles of manufacture by the selective application of multiple layers of material. The applied layers may be applied directly, as in a printing process, or by selective solidification of material onto a substrate or previously developed layers, for example, by selective sintering of a particulate.

Relationships with other classification places

This group B29C 64/00 covers additive manufacturing of plastics or materials in a plastic state, not otherwise provided for.

The subclass B33Y covers additive manufacturing, irrespective of the process or material used. Furthermore, the subclass B33Y is for obligatory supplementary classification of subject matter containing an aspect of additive manufacturing already classified as such in other classification places.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping by coating a mould, core or other substrate, i.e. by depositing material and stripping-off the shaped article

B29C 41/00

Moulding by agglomeration

B29C 67/02

Preparation of cocoa products

A23G

Preparation of food or foodstuffs

A23L 5/00

Making of dental prostheses

A61C 13/00

Coating apparatus, in general

B05C

Coating processes, in general

B05D

Manufacture of workpieces or articles from metallic powder characterised by the manner of compacting or sintering

B22F 3/00

Milling, in general

B23C

Build-up welding

B23K 9/04, B23K 26/342

Producing shaped articles from ceramic or cementitious material

B28B 1/00

Methods or apparatus for laminating, e.g. by curing or by ultrasonic bonding

B32B 37/00

Forme preparation

B41C 1/00

Typewriters or selective printers

B41J 2/00

Braille printing

B41M 3/16

Superimposing layers to produce ornamental structures

B44C 3/02

Sintering of ceramic materials

C04B 35/64

Culture of undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells

C12N 5/00

Coating by vacuum evaporation, by sputtering or by ion implantation of the coating forming material

C23C 14/00

Photosensitive materials

G03C, G03F 7/004

Photomechanical production of patterned surfaces

G03F 7/00

Electrographic processes using a charge pattern

G03G 13/00

Programme-control systems for surface or curve machining, making 3D objects, e.g. desktop manufacturing

G05B 19/4099

General purpose image data processing

G06T 1/00

Image enhancement for 2D or 3D images

G06T 5/00

Image analysis for 2D or 3D images

G06T 7/00

Image coding, e.g. from bit-mapped to non bit-mapped

G06T 9/00

3D [Three-dimensional] image rendering

G06T 15/00

3D [Three-dimensional] modelling, e.g. data description of 3D objects

G06T 17/00

Manipulating 3D models or images for computer graphics

G06T 19/00

Geography, e.g. relief models

G09B 25/06

Electron-beam or ion-beam tubes for localised application of thin layers on objects

H01J 37/317

Manufacture of semiconductor or otherwise not provided for electric solid state devices

H01L 21/00

Manufacturing printed circuits by printing of conductive patterns

H05K 3/12

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms or expressions are used with the meaning indicated:

3D printing

Additive manufacturing where the buildup of successive layers of material includes the use of a printer-like device having a motor controlled head for dispensing materials that form the layers.

Stereolithography

Additive manufacturing technique where the successive layers of material are formed by selectively hardening regions of polymeric material successively applied to the structure, typically by the use of laser light.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents, the following abbreviations are often used:

SLS

Selective laser sintering

DTM

Desktop manufacturing

LOM

Laminated Object Modelling

3DP, 3D-printing

Three-dimensional printing

SFF

Solid Freeform Fabrication

FDM

Fused Deposition Modelling

3DD

Three-dimensional deposition

SDM

Selective Deposition Modelling

LDM

Layered deposition modelling

3DM

Three-dimensional modelling

BPM

Ballistic Particle Modelling

Processes of additive manufacturing
Relationships with other classification places

Additive manufacturing should obligatorily be further be classified in subclass B33Y irrespective of the process or material used.

using only liquids or viscous materials, e.g. depositing a continuous bead of viscous material
Definition statement

This place covers:

e.g. extruding thermoplastic material.

media1309.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Dispensing heads

B29C 31/042

Moving heads for distributing liquid or viscous material into moulds

B29C 31/044

Moving along predetermined circuits or distributing according to patterns

B29C 31/045

using layers of liquid which are selectively solidified
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1310.png

characterised by the energy source therefor, e.g. by global irradiation combined with a mask
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1312.png

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents, the following abbreviations are often used:

LCD

Liquid Crystal Display

MMD

Micromirror Devices

the energy source being concentrated, e.g. scanning lasers or focused light sources
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1311.png

using only solid materials
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1313.png

using layers of powder being selectively joined, e.g. by selective laser sintering or melting
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1314.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

laser sintering of metallic powder

B22F 10/20

laser sintering of ceramic powder

C04B 35/64 and C04B 35/65

using a combination of solid and fluid materials, e.g. a powder selectively bound by a liquid binder, catalyst, inhibitor or energy absorber
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1315.png

Apparatus for additive manufacturing; Details thereof or accessories therefor
Definition statement

This place covers:

  • Machines and systems for carrying out additive manufacturing methods to produce objects
  • Subcombinations of machines that carry out additive manufacturing methods to produce objects
  • Accessories for machines that carry out additive manufacturing methods. Accessories include things attachable to or used in conjunction with an additive manufacturing machine that have a direct association with the additive manufacturing machine, per se.
Relationships with other classification places

Auxiliary operations or equipment, e.g. for treating or handling the raw materials for additively manufacturing objects, are classified in B29C 64/30.

Additive manufacturing should obligatorily be further be classified in subclass B33Y irrespective of the process or material used.

Auxiliary operations or equipment
Definition statement

This place covers:

The handling or treating of materials used in an additive manufacturing process, or the subsequent treating or handling of objects produced by an additive manufacturing process. Also covered are ancillary components or process steps not directly involving the additive manufacturing process or apparatus, per se, such as cleaning raw materials used in the additive manufacturing process, or recycling residual material from the manufacturing process.

Relationships with other classification places

Additive manufacturing should obligatorily be further be classified in subclass B33Y irrespective of the process or material used.

Cleaning
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1318.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Deburring or deflashing

B29C 37/02

Surface shaping

B29C 59/00

After treatment

B29C 71/00

Repairing

B29C 73/00

Coating

B05D

Cleaning by brushing in general

B08B 1/00

Cleaning by jet rinsing in general

B08B 3/02

Cleaning by immersion in general

B08B 3/04

Cleaning by blowing in general

B08B 5/02

Cleaning by vacuum in general

B08B 5/04

Data acquisition or data processing for additive manufacturing
Definition statement

This place covers:

  • Data processing aspects related to an object to be manufactured in an additive manufacturing process, specially adapted for processing of plastics or materials in a plastic state, not otherwise provided for, for example, combining together data from different sources to produce composite production data for said object to be made.
  • Acquiring, sending, or receiving data that will be used in additive manufacturing, either internal or external to the additive manufacturing apparatus, specially adapted for processing of plastics or materials in a plastic state, not otherwise provided for.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1474.png

Relationships with other classification places

Additive manufacturing should obligatorily be further be classified in subclass B33Y irrespective of the process or material used.

for controlling or regulating additive manufacturing processes
Definition statement

This place covers:

Data processing specially adapted for managing the additive manufacturing process performed by one or more additive manufacturing apparatuses, specially adapted for processing of plastics or materials in a plastic state, not otherwise provided for.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1475.png

Relationships with other classification places

Additive manufacturing should obligatorily be further be classified in subclass B33Y irrespective of the process or material used.

Structures for supporting 3D objects during manufacture and intended to be sacrificed after completion thereof
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1317.png

Joining {or sealing} of preformed parts {, e.g. welding of plastics materials}; Apparatus therefor {(general aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts B29C 66/00; using porous material formed by internal pressure generated therein for joining preformed parts B29C 44/1228, B29C 44/326)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Joining by heating (cf. B29C 65/02 and subgroups);

Joining using adhesives (cf. B29C 65/48 and subgroups);

Joining using mechanical means (cf. B29C 65/56 and subgroups);

Joining and severing (cf. B29C 65/74 and subgroups);

Means for handling the parts to be joined (cf. B29C 65/78 and subgroups);

Testing the joints obtained by processes as foreseen in this main group (cf. B29C 65/82 and subgroups).

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts

B29C 66/00

Application-oriented references

Examples of places where the subject matter of this place is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Devices or methods of sealing or securing package folds or closures

B65B 51/00

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Manufacture of lost patterns, made from expanded plastic materials, by assembling preformed parts

B22C 7/026

Making preforms by assembling performed material

B29B 11/04

Making of boxes, cartons, envelopes, or bags

B31B

Assembling of microstructural devices by bonding of two components

B81C 3/00

Chemical aspects of bonding of a preformed macromolecular material to the same or other solid material

C08J 5/12

Adhesive processes in general

C09J 5/00

Devices for fastening or securing constructional elements or machine parts together

F16B

Splicing of light guides

G02B 6/255

Special rules of classification

Patent literature (e.g. patent applications, patent specifications):

Claims / claimed subject-matter:

Independent claims: compulsory invention information;

Dependent claims: at least compulsory additional information (or compulsory invention information if appropriate).

Figures - depicted subject-matter: at least compulsory additional information (or compulsory invention information if appropriate).

Description - described subject-matter: at least desirable additional (or compulsory invention information if appropriate).

Tables: at least compulsory additional information.

Non-patent literature (e.g. scientific non-patent publications):

Figures - depicted subject-matter: compulsory invention information;

Abstract: compulsory invention information;

Description: at least desirable additional information (or compulsory invention information if appropriate).

N.B.: in this main group, it is compulsory that any disclosed aspect relating to the invention is identified by the corresponding classification code(s).

{Cold joining}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Cold vulcanisation

B29C 35/18

{making use of electrostatic charges (holding means using electrostatic forces to hold at least one of the parts to be joined B29C 65/7852)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE1104679:

media706.jpg

by heating, with or without pressure
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Attachments of seat coverings by thermal welding

B60N 2/5866

Attachments of removable protective seat coverings by thermal welding

B60N 2/6072

Closing containers or receptacles after filling, by applying separate preformed closures, e.g. lids, covers, securing said closures on said containers by heat-sealing

B65B 7/2878

Securing ends of binding material by welding or heat-sealing

B65B 13/32

Devices for, or methods of, sealing or securing package folds or closures, by applying or generating heat or pressure or combinations thereof

B65B 51/10

Devices, e.g. jaws, for applying pressure and heat, specially adapted for producing longitudinal or transverse seams in package web or tubes, e.g. for subdividing filled tubes

B65B 51/30

Chemical aspects of bonding of a preformed macromolecular material to the same or other solid material by heating

C08J 5/121

Joining multiple sections together by welding, for assembling air intake systems

F02M 35/1036

Dielectric heating, e.g. high-frequency welding {, i.e. radio frequency welding of plastic materials having dielectric properties, e.g. PVC}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Curing by dielectric heating

B29C 35/12

Non-woven fabrics formed from fleeces or layers composed of fibres by welding together the fibres by radio-frequency heating

D04H 1/554

using friction, e.g. spin welding {(non-plastics elements to plastic elements B29C 65/645)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Heating or curing using friction

B29C 35/0255

Friction welding of metals

B23K 20/12

Attaching together paper or cardboard sheets, strips, or webs by friction

B31F 5/008

Securing ends of binding material by friction welding

B65B 13/322

Devices for, or methods of, sealing or securing package folds or closures by friction welding

B65B 51/222

{Linear}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

XP001177273:

media707.jpg

Example 2, from

EP2380726:

media708.jpg

{Angular, i.e. torsional (B29C 65/082 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP2380726:

media709.jpg

{Orbital}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

XP001177273:

media710.jpg

{Spin welding}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2007262488:

media711.jpg

Example 2, from

JP10193461:

media712.jpg

{created by a tool}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE10238550:

media713.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Friction stir welding of metals

B23K 20/122

{the welding tool cooperating with specially formed features of at least one of the parts to be joined, e.g. cooperating with holes or ribs of at least one of the parts to be joined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP5024114:

media714.jpg

Example 2, from

US2006255590:

media715.jpg

using ultrasonic vibrations {(non-plastics element to plastics elements B29C 65/645)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP11348132:

media716.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Heating or curing using ultrasonic or sonic vibrations

B29C 35/0261

Methods or apparatus for generating or transmitting mechanical vibrations of ultrasonic frequency

B06B

Ultrasonic welding of metals

B23K 20/10

Attaching together paper or cardboard sheets, strips, or webs by ultrasonic vibrations

B31F 5/008

Securing ends of binding material by ultrasonic welding

B65B 13/325

Devices for, or methods of, sealing or securing package folds or closures by ultrasonic welding

B65B 51/225

Methods of, or devices for, interconnecting successive lengths of filamentary material by welding using ultrasonic means

B65H 69/085

Non-woven fabrics formed from fleeces or layers composed of fibres by welding together the fibres by ultrasonic heating

D04H 1/555

{having a component of vibration not perpendicular to the welding surface}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP11348132:

media717.jpg

Example 2, from

DE1957216:

media718.jpg

Example 3, from

DE3911634:

media719.jpg

{Angular, i.e. torsional ultrasonic welding}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP2269807:

media720.jpg

Example 2, from

EP1930148:

media721.jpg

{using a rotary sonotrode}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP11170404:

media722.jpg

{using a rotary anvil}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP11170404:

media723.jpg

{using both a rotary sonotrode and a rotary anvil}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP11170404:

media724.jpg

{using several cooperating sonotrodes, i.e. interacting with each other, e.g. for realising the same joint}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE2251521:

media725.jpg

Example 2, from

DE3929770:

media726.jpg

using hot gases {(e.g. combustion gases) or flames coming in contact with at least one of the parts to be joined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO2004099488:

media727.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Heating or curing using gas or flames

B29C 35/045

Soldering with the use of hot gas

B23K 1/00

Gas flame welding of metals

B23K 5/00

Device for, or methods of, sealing or securing package folds or closures by applying heat using fluids, e.g. hot-air jets

B65B 51/20

{direct heating both surfaces to be joined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO2004099488:

media728.jpg

{using flames coming in contact with at least one of the parts to be joined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP60048331:

media729.jpg

and welding bar
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE29713474U:

media730.jpg

using wave energy {, i.e. electromagnetic radiation,} or particle radiation {(using mechanical waves B29C 65/06; using ultrasonic waves B29C 65/08; pressing means transparent to electromagnetic radiation B29C 66/81267)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Heating or curing by wave energy or particle radiation

B29C 35/08

Medical tube couplings for connecting tubes having sealed ends, both tube ends being sealed by meltable membranes pierced after connection by use of heat, e.g. using radiant energy

A61M 39/143

Soldering by means of radiant energy

B23K 1/005

Soldering by means of beams, e.g. E.B.

B23K 1/0056

{Infrared [IR] radiation}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Soldering by means of I.R.

B23K 1/005

Non-woven fabrics formed from fleeces or layers composed of fibres by welding together the fibres by infrared heating

D04H 1/556

{direct heating of the surfaces to be joined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE845564:

media731.jpg

Example 2, from

EP0313731:

media732.jpg

{at least passing through one of the parts to be joined, i.e. transmission welding}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

GB2103147:

media733.jpg

{focusing the wave energy or particle radiation on the interface}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

BE629609:

media734.jpg

{making use of a reflector on the opposite side, e.g. a polished mandrel or a mirror (pressing means reflective to electromagnetic radiation B29C 66/81268)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE845564:

media735.jpg

{heating both sides of the joint}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0415068:

media736.jpg

Example 2, from

DE938499:

media737.jpg

{radiating the edges of the parts to be joined, e.g. for curing a layer of adhesive placed between two flat parts to be joined, e.g. for making CDs or DVDs}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP11053778:

media738.jpg

{radiating the edges of holes or perforations}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP63275052:

media739.jpg

Example 2, from

JP11053778:

media740.jpg

{making use of several radiators}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0415068

media741.jpg

Example 2, from

EP0510804:

media742.jpg

Example 3, from

EP1059344:

media743.png

{placed at the interface}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US5843265:

media744.jpg

{coated on the article}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

SU1502396:

media745.jpg

{making use of light guides (B29C 65/1687 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP3238185:

media746.jpg

{making use of masks (B29C 65/1696 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US5968305:

media747.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Heating or curing by wave energy or particle radiation using transparent moulds provided with masks or diaphragms

B29C 35/0894

Laser beams
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Soldering by means of lasers

B23K 1/0056

Bonding, e.g. welding, of materials in general, e.g. metals, by laser beam

B23K 26/20

Lasers

H01S 3/00

{direct heating the surfaces to be joined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP4249134:

media748.jpg

Example 2, from

JP50138066:

media749.jpg

{at least passing through one of the parts to be joined, i.e. laser transmission welding}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE19814298:

media750.jpg

{focusing the laser beam on the interface}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE1479686:

media751.jpg

{making use of a reflector on the opposite side, e.g. a polished mandrel or a mirror (pressing means reflective to electromagnetic radiation B29C 66/81268)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR1576435:

media752.jpg

{heating both sides of the joint, e.g. by using two lasers or a split beam}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE2725463:

media753.jpg

{scanning repeatedly, e.g. quasi-simultaneous laser welding}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

XP000535361:

media754.jpg

{making use of several radiators}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE10338732:

media755.jpg

Example 2, from

JP2004333946:

media756.jpg

{making use of an absorber or impact modifier}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO2005021244:

media757.jpg

{placed at the interface}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO2005021244:

media758.jpg

Example 2, from

JP2007111961:

media759.jpg

{coated on the article}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO2005021244:

media760.jpg

{making use of light guides}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP1393848:

media761.jpg

{being a part of the joined article}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US5276303:

media762.jpg

Example 2, from

US6592239:

media763.jpg

{in the form of a cavity}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US5276303:

media764.jpg

{making use of masks}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2006278617:

media765.jpg

Example 2, from

EP1864784:

media766.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Heating or curing by wave energy or particle radiation using transparent moulds provided with masks or diaphragms

B29C 35/0894

with direct contact, e.g. using "mirror"
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP2003080601:

media767.jpg

Example 2, from

JP11325374:

media768.jpg

{being a single welding mirror comprising several separate heating surfaces in different planes, e.g. said heating surfaces having different temperatures}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP52168967U:

media769.jpg

{said welding mirror comprising several sectors}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO8803245:

media770.jpg

Example 2, from

EP0667285:

media771.jpg

Example 3, from

JP4044831:

media772.jpg

{being a wire}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2546164:

media773.jpg

{using a welding mirror which also cuts the parts to be joined, e.g. for sterile welding}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

media774.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Methods or apparatus for connecting medical tubes under sterile conditions, i.e. sterile docking

A61M 39/18

{by sliding}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP1285328:

media775.jpg

{with an angle with respect to the plane comprising the parts to be joined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP1889708:

media776.jpgmedia777.jpg

{perpendicularly to the plane comprising the parts to be joined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE3739656:

media778.jpgmedia779.png

{by pivoting}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE2300626:

media780.jpg

Example 2, from

EP0453903:

media781.png

{and involving the use of a facer}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US5893961:

media782.jpg

Example 2, from

US6550514:

media783.jpg

{comprising at least a single heated wire}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2840247:

media784.png

{comprising several heated wires}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2009250440:

media785.jpg

media786.jpg

Example 2, from

FR2840247

media787.png

{being a resistive ribbon, a resistive band or a resistive strip}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2581977:

media788.jpg

Example 2, from

BE556713:

media789.jpg

media790.jpg

{characterised by the cross-section of said heated wire, resistive ribbon, resistive band or resistive strip, e.g. being triangular}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE1936611:

media791.jpg

Example 2, from

DE1268360:

media792.jpg

{said cross-section being hollow}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2105312:

media793.jpg

Example 2, from

US2621704:

media794.jpg

{characterised by the means for electrically connecting the ends of said heated wire, resistive ribbon, resistive band or resistive strip}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO9323235:

media795.jpg

Example 2, from

WO9214601:

media796.jpg

{characterised by the means for tensioning said heated wire, resistive ribbon, resistive band or resistive strip (means for compensating for the thermal expansion of welding jaws in general B29C 66/8185)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US3005402:

media797.jpg

{the heat transfer being achieved by contact, i.e. a heated tool being brought into contact with the welding tool and afterwards withdrawn from it}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0538636:

media798.jpg

{the heat transfer being achieved contactless, e.g. by radiation (B29C 65/32 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

CH362216:

media799.jpg

Example 2, from

DE19746402:

media800.jpg

Hot fluid
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR1151122:

media801.jpg

Flame or combustible material
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

CH334038:

media802.jpg

Example 2, from

DE2241657:

media803.jpg

Electrical means {(B29C 65/38 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR1422754:

media804.png

{involving the use of cartridge heaters}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US4451325:

media805.jpg

Induction
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE19921546:

media806.jpg

using heated elements which remain in the joint, e.g. "verlorenes Schweisselement"
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Heating or curing using lost heating elements, i.e. heating means incorporated and remaining in the formed article

B29C 35/0272

Multistep processes for producing pipe joints provided with electrical wiring

B29D 23/005

Plastic pipe welded joints with an electrical resistance incorporated in the joint

F16L 47/03

{comprising at least a single wire, e.g. in the form of a winding}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE3411179:

media807.jpg

Example 2, from

JP6074386:

media808.jpg

{said at least a single wire having the form of a coil spring}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR1049710:

media809.jpg

{said at least a single wire having a waveform, e.g. a sinusoidal form}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2182587:

media810.jpg

{comprising several wires, e.g. in the form of several independent windings (B29C 65/3436, B29C 65/344 take precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE3411179:

media811.jpg

{being a woven or non-woven fabric or being a mesh}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR1072800:

media812.jpg

{being a ribbon, band or strip}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR1072800:

media813.png

{said ribbon, band or strip being perforated}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR1072800:

media814.jpg

{forming a sleeve, e.g. a wrap-around sleeve}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP4308729:

media815.jpg

Example 2, from

JP2001214994:

media816.jpg

Example 3, from

NL7004944:

media817.jpg

{characterised by the cross-section of said heated elements which remain in the joint or by the cross-section of their coating, e.g. being triangular}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0183188:

media818.jpg

{characterised by the means for supplying heat to said heated elements which remain in the join, e.g. special electrical connectors of windings (B29C 65/3668 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE3411179:

media819.jpg

Example 2, from

EP0586283:

media820.jpg

Example 3, from

WO03029717:

media821.jpg

heated by induction
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Devices for, or methods of, sealing or securing package folds or closures by induction welding

B65B 51/227

Induction heating

H05B 6/02

{comprising single particles, e.g. fillers or discontinuous fibre-reinforcements}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO2010083942:

media822.jpg

Example 2, from

US5124203:

media823.jpg

{comprising at least a single wire, e.g. in the form of a winding}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP6074386:

media824.jpg

{being a woven or non-woven fabric or being a mesh}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO9628683:

media825.jpg

{being a layer of a multilayer part to be joined, e.g. for joining plastic-metal laminates}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP5196187

media826.jpg

Applying molten plastics, e.g. hot melt (using welding bar {combined with hot gases} B29C 65/12; by moulding B29C 65/70)
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US3008862:

media827.jpg

between pre-assembled parts {(B29C 65/605 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP3180331:

media828.jpg

Joining a heated non plastics element to a plastics element
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2007284040:

media829.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Vehicle superstructures characterised by the material thereof, characterised by combining metal and synthetic material, preformed metal and synthetic material elements being joined together

B62D 29/005

heated by induction
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US5771589:

media830.jpg

Special rules of classification

The joining of metal-plastic laminates by induction is to be classified in B29C 65/3656, B29C 65/368 and B29C 66/72321

using adhesives {, i.e. using supplementary joining material; solvent bonding}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Garment hems or seams made by gluing

A41D 27/245

Joining garments parts or blanks by gluing

A41H 43/04

Applying glue or adhesive peculiar to bookbinding by fusing, welding sheets together

B42C 9/0093

Closing containers or receptacles after filling, by applying separate preformed closures, e.g. lids, covers, securing said closures on said containers by gluing

B65B 7/2871

Securing ends of binding material by applying adhesive

B65B 13/32

Chemical aspects of bonding of preformed macromolecular material to the same or other solid material, e.g. using adhesives

C08J 5/12

Adhesive processes in general

C09J 5/00

Connecting constructional elements or machine parts by gluing

F16B 11/006

Connecting constructional elements or machine parts by gluing of tubular elements or rods in coaxial engagement

F16B 11/008

Special rules of classification

When classifying in this group, techniques for heating heat-activated adhesives are additionally classified in B29C 65/02 and subgroups

{Pressure sensitive adhesives}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Adhesives in the form of films or foils, on paper or textile fabric, characterised by pressure-sensitive adhesive

C09J 7/21, C09J 7/38

Adhesives in the form of films or foils, on carriers other than paper or textile fabrics, characterised by pressure-sensitive adhesive

C09J 7/22, C09J 7/38

Adhesives in the form of films or foils, on carriers, characterised by pressure-sensitive adhesive

C09J 7/38

{Heat curing adhesives}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Adhesives in the form of films or foils, on paper or textile fabric, characterised by heat-curable adhesive

C09J 7/21, C09J 7/35

Adhesives in the form of films or foils, on carriers other than paper or textile fabrics, essentially based on heat-curable adhesive

C09J 7/22, C09J 7/35

Adhesives in the form of films or foils, on carriers, essentially based on heat-curable adhesive

C09J 7/35

{Moisture curing adhesives}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Adhesive in the form of films or foils, on paper or textile fabrics, characterised by water-activable adhesive

C09J 7/21

{characterised by their physical properties, e.g. being electrically-conductive}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Adhesives characterised by their physical nature, in general

C09J 9/00

Electrically-conducting adhesives, in general

C09J 9/02

{characterised by their physical form being non-liquid, e.g. in the form of granules or powders (B29C 65/50 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

media831.jpg

US5087311

media832.jpg

{containing additives (C09J 11/00 and subgroups take precedence)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Adhesive additives, in general

C09J 11/00

{being spherical, e.g. particles or powders}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2010276065:

media833.jpg

{characterised by their composition being non-plastics}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Non-macromolecular adhesive additives, in general

C09J 11/02

{Solvent bonding, i.e. the surfaces of the parts to be joined being treated with solvents, swelling or softening agents, without adhesives}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO2009125997:

media834.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Bonding of a preformed macromolecular material using low molecular chemically inert solvents, swelling or softening agents

C08J 5/122

Non-woven fabrics formed from fleeces or layers composed of fibres by welding together the fibres by applying solvents

D04H 1/552

using adhesive tape {, e.g. thermoplastic tape; using threads or the like (B29C 65/3444 takes precedence)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Closing containers or receptables after filling, by applying separate preformed closures, e.g. lids, covers, securing said closures on said containers by adhesive tape

B65B 7/2864

Adhesives in the form of films or foils

C09J 7/00

{being in thread form, i.e. in the form of a single filament, e.g. in the form of a single coated filament}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP1027928:

media835.jpg

{covering both elements to be joined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO8404486:

media836.jpg

{and placed in a recess formed in the parts to be joined, e.g. in order to obtain a continuous surface}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP58028345:

media837.jpg

{positioned between the surfaces to be joined (B29C 65/5035 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO8404486:

media838.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Adhesive processes in general; Joining materials by welding overlapping edges with an insertion of plastic material

C09J 5/10

{and being composed by one single element}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP1905570:

media839.jpg

Example 2, from

DE102005010467:

media840.jpgmedia841.jpg

{and being composed by several elements}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2009317580:

media842.jpg

Example 2, from

US2003138586:

media843.jpgmedia844.png

{and comprising grooves, e.g. being E-shaped, H-shaped}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2919819:

media845.jpg

{characterised by the tape handling mechanisms, e.g. using vacuum}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO0046013:

media846.jpg

{characterised by the way of} applying the adhesive {(B29C 65/50 takes precedence; apparatus for applying liquids in general B05C; processes for applying liquids in general B05D)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Devices for, or methods of, sealing or securing package folds or closures applying adhesives or sealing liquids

B65B 51/02

Devices for, or methods of, sealing or securing package folds or closures applying adhesives or sealing liquids using applicator nozzles

B65B 51/023

Devices for, or methods of, sealing or securing package folds or closures applying adhesives or sealing liquids using rotating applicators

B65B 51/026

{by spin coating}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2009040913:

media847.jpg

Example 2, from

US6263939:

media848.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Applying liquids to surfaces by spin coating

B05D 1/005

{by spraying, e.g. by flame spraying}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP2008114530:

media849.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Spraying apparatus in general

B05B

Applying liquids to surfaces by spraying

B05D 1/02

Applying liquids to surfaces by flame spraying

B05D 1/08

{by dipping}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP5261821:

media850.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Applying liquids to surfaces by dipping

B05D 1/18

{by applying the adhesive from an outlet device in contact with, or almost in contact with, the surface of the part to be joined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US4512947:

media851.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Applying liquids to surfaces by applying the liquid from an outlet device in contact with, or almost in contact with, the surface

B05D 1/26

{by extrusion coating}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Applying liquids to surfaces by extrusion coating

B05D 1/265

{by printing or by transfer from the surfaces of elements carrying the adhesive, e.g. using brushes, pads, rollers, stencils or silk screens}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2005173059:

media852.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Applying liquids to surfaces by transfer from the surfaces of elements carrying the liquid, e.g. brushes, pads, rollers

B05D 1/28

{by gravity only, e.g. by pouring}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Applying liquids to surfaces by gravity only

B05D 1/30

{by CVD or by PVD, i.e. by chemical vapour deposition or by physical vapour deposition}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Applying liquids to surfaces by vapo-deposition of organic layers

B05D 1/60

Applying liquids to surfaces by plasma-deposition of organic layers

B05D 1/62

{using screw-threads being integral at least to one of the parts to be joined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP2010247350:

media853.jpg

{using extra joining elements, i.e. which are not integral with the parts to be joined (using plastic snap elements B29C 65/58; using plastic rivets B29C 65/601)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP11090986:

media854.jpg

{hidden in the joint, e.g. dowels or Z-pins (B29C 65/603 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO9829243:

media855.jpg

{involving interference fits, e.g. force-fits or press-fits (B29C 65/66 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2007258756:

media856.jpg

{using a tamping or a swaging operation, i.e. at least partially deforming the edge or the rim of a first part to be joined to clamp a second part to be joined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

XP000362330:

media857.jpg

{using a swaging operation, i.e. totally deforming the edge or the rim of a first part to be joined to clamp a second part to be joined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

XP000362330:

media858.jpg

{using extra riveting elements, i.e. the rivets being non-integral with the parts to be joined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP3205132:

media859.jpg

Example 2, from

DE3835027:

media860.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Joining sheets or plates, in general, by means of riveting

F16B 5/04

Rivets

F16B 19/04

Riveting of metal parts

{using hollow rivets (B29C 65/607 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP8127185:

media861.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Riveting of metal parts by riveting hollow rivets mechanically

B21J 5/04

Riveting of metal parts by riveting hollow rivets by means of hydraulic, liquid, or gas pressure

B21J 15/06

Hollow rivets

F16B 19/08

{the rivets being pushed in blind holes}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE623911:

media862.jpg

Example 2, from

EP0160425:

media863.jpg

{in both parts}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2831229:

media864.jpg

Example 2, from

US3612803:

media865.jpg

{the rivets being molded in place, e.g. by injection}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

GB893375:

media866.jpg

{the rivets being integral with one of the parts to be joined, i.e. staking}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from EP1488913:

media867.jpg

Example 2, from

XP000362330:

media868.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Joining superposed metal plates by locally deforming without slitting or piercing

B21D 39/031

Joining superposed metal plates by locally deforming, by fitting a projecting part integral with one plate in a hole of the other plate

B21D 39/032

Joining sheets or plates, in general, by means of riveting, without the use of separate rivets

F16B 5/045

{the integral rivets being hollow}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP1190804:

media869.jpg

Example 2, from

XP000362330:

media870.jpg

{the integral rivets being plunge-formed}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE1294647:

media871.jpg

Stitching
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2010193108:

media872.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Hems or seams of garments

A41D 27/24

Sewing in general

D05B

Joining belts by sewing

F16G 3/10

Joining a non-plastics element to a plastics element, e.g. by force (B29C 65/44 takes precedence)
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Vehicle superstructures characterised by the material thereof, characterised by combining metal and synthetic material, preformed metal and synthetic material elements being joined together

B62D 29/005

by liberation of internal stresses, e.g. shrinking of one of the parts to be joined
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping by liberation of internal stresses

B29C 61/00

by welding and severing {, or by joining and severing, the severing being performed in the area to be joined, next to the area to be joined, in the joint area or next to the joint area}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Medical tube couplings for connecting tubes having sealed ends by cutting and welding

A61M 39/146

Special rules of classification

When classifying in this group, joining techniques are additionally classified in the relevant groups, e.g. in B29C 65/02 and subgroups.

{the tool being a wire}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Severing with heated wires

B26F 3/12

{the tool being a roller}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Severing with heated rollers or discs

B26F 3/10

{for making welds and cuts of other than simple rectilinear form}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Closing semi-rigid or rigid containers or receptacles after filling, by feeding web material to securing means and securing by heat-sealing

B65B 7/164

{by means of ultrasonic vibrations}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Details of apparatus for cutting, cutting-out, stamping-out, punching, perforating, or severing by vibrating, e.g. ultrasonically

B26D 7/086

{comprising a perforating tool}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Perforating strips of completed packages

B65B 61/007

{for making welds and cuts of other than simple rectilinear form}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Closing semi-rigid or rigid containers or receptacles after filling, by feeding web material to securing means and securing by heat-sealing

B65B 7/164

Making non-permanent or releasable joints
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Layered products permitting easy separation

B32B 7/06

{Holding or clamping means for handling purposes (clamping means for the purpose of applying pressure on the parts to be joined, in the area to be joined B29C 66/81; work holders in general B25B; devices for holding or positioning work for welding metal B23K 37/04)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Clamps for holding or positioning work for welding metal

B23K 37/0435

Jigs for positioning work for welding metal

B23K 37/0443

Clamps for plates in general

B25B 5/145

Clamps for pipes in general

B25B 5/147

{In-line machines, i.e. feeding, joining and discharging are in one production line (B29C 65/7879, B29C 65/7888 take precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE4336274:

media873.jpg

{using a feeding table which moves to and fro (oscillating around an axis B29C 65/7876)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP11240025:

media874.jpg

{using carriers, provided with holding means, said carriers moving in a closed path}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0483569:

media875.jpg

Example 2, from

DE1058426:

media876.jpg

{using conveyor belts or conveyor chains (B29C 66/83421, B29C 66/83521, B29C 66/83531 take precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE3807164:

media877.jpg

{said parts to be joined moving in a closed path, e.g. a rectangular path (B29C 65/7888 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE102009037662:

media879.jpg

{said parts to be joined moving in a circular path}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

CH537834:

media880.jpg

Example 2, from

DE1143630:

media881.jpg

{Rotary turret joining machines, i.e. having several joining tools moving around an axis}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2167559:

media882.jpg

{by mechanical methods}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Investigating strength properties of welds by application of mechanical stress

G01N 2203/0296

{Tensile tests}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Investigating strength properties of solid materials by applying steady tensile forces

G01N 3/08

{Peel tests}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Investigating strength properties of solid materials by applying steady shearing forces

G01N 3/24

{Bend tests}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Investigating strength properties of solid materials by applying steady bending forces

G01N 3/20

{Impact tests}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Investigating strength properties of solid materials by applying a single impulsive force

G01N 3/30

{Pressure tests, e.g. hydrostatic pressure tests}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Investigating fluid-tightness of structures

G01M 3/00

{by the use of waves or particle radiation, e.g. visual examination, scanning electron microscopy, or X-rays (B29C 65/8292 takes precedence)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Investigating materials by the use of wave or particle radiation

G01N 21/00 - G01N 23/00

{by the use of thermal means}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Investigating materials by the use of thermal means

G01N 25/00

{by the use of electric or magnetic means}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Investigating materials by the use of electric or magnetic means

G01N 27/00

{by the use of ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Investigating materials by the use of ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves

G01N 29/00

{General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts (means for handling the parts to be joined B29C 65/78; testing the joint B29C 65/82)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

General aspects dealing with the joint area (cf. B29C 66/01 and subgroups)), e.g.:

pre-treatments (cf. B29C 66/02 and subgroups);

post-treatments (cf. B29C 66/03 and subgroups);

particular design of joint configurations (cf. B29C 66/05 and subgroups);

General aspects of joining substantially flat articles (cf. B29C 66/40 and subgroups);

General aspects of joining tubular articles; General aspects of joining hollow-preforms to form hollow articles (cf. B29C 66/50 and subgroups);

Specific composition, properties or structure of the material to be joined (cf. B29C 66/70 and subgroups);

General aspects of machine constructions (cf. B29C 66/80 and subgroups), e.g.:

constructional aspects of the welding jaw (cf. B29C 66/81 and subgroups);

transmission or actuating mechanisms for joining tools (cf. B29C 66/82 and subgroups);

specific movements of the joining tools (cf. B29C 66/83 and subgroups);

Measuring or controlling the joining process (cf. B29C 66/90 and subgroups).

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Joining methods; means for handling the parts to be joined; testing the joint

B29C 65/002 - B29C 65/76; B29C 65/78; B29C 65/82

Special rules of classification

Patent literature (e.g. patent applications, patent specifications):

Claims / claimed subject-matter:

Independent claims: compulsory invention information;

Dependent claims: at least compulsory additional information (or compulsory invention information if appropriate).

Figures - depicted subject-matter: at least compulsory additional information (or compulsory invention information if appropriate).

Description - described subject-matter: at least desirable additional (or compulsory invention information if appropriate).

Tables: at least compulsory additional information.

Non-patent literature (e.g. scientific non-patent publications):

Figures - depicted subject-matter: compulsory invention information;

Abstract: compulsory invention information;

Description: at least desirable additional information (or compulsory invention information if appropriate).

N.B.: in this main group, it is compulsory that any disclosed aspect relating to the invention is identified by the corresponding classification code(s).

{Joining in special atmospheres}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Closing containers in chambers maintained under vacuum or super-atmospheric pressure or containing a special atmosphere, e.g. of inert gas

B65B 31/02

{Liquid environments, i.e. the parts to be joined being submerged in a liquid}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP7080941:

media884.jpg

{using a separating sheet, e.g. fixed on the joining tool}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO2010129569:

media885.jpg

{movable, e.g. mounted on reels}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO2008005882:

media886.jpg

{Preparation of the material, in the area to be joined, prior to joining or welding (B29C 66/32 takes precedence)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Conditioning or physical treatment of the material to be shaped, in general

B29B 13/00

Adhesive processes in general involving pretreatment of the surfaces to be joined

C09J 5/02

{Perforating or boring}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Perforating material prior to packaging

B65B 61/02

{Abrading, e.g. grinding, sanding, sandblasting or scraping}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Conditioning or physical treatment of the material to be shaped, by grinding, in general

B29B 13/10

{Heating, or preheating, e.g. drying (B29C 66/3464 takes precedence)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Conditioning of the material to be shaped, by heating, in general

B29B 13/02

Conditioning of the material to be shaped, by drying, in general

B29B 13/04

{Cooling}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Conditioning of the material to be shaped, by cooling, in general

B29B 13/04

{Chemical pre-treatments (B29C 66/028 takes precedence)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Chemical treatment of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances

C08J 7/00

{Non-mechanical surface pre-treatments, i.e. by flame treatment, electric discharge treatment, plasma treatment, wave energy or particle radiation (B29C 65/14 takes precedence; non-mechanical surface treatment of plastics in general B29C 59/08 - B29C 59/16)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Conditioning or physical treatment of the material to be shaped, by using wave energy or particle radiation, in general

B29B 13/08

Chemical modification of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances by wave energy or particle radiation treatment

C08J 7/123

{After-treatments in the joint area (B29C 66/3262 takes precedence)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

After-treatment, in general, of articles without altering their shape

B29C 71/00

After-treatment, in general, of articles without altering their shape, by wave energy or particle radiation

B29C 71/04

{Flattening}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

USRE38248E:

media887.jpg

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms or expressions are used with the meaning indicated:

Flattening

e.g. flat ironing or smoothing an e.g. overlap joint

{of sheets being positioned in abutment, e.g. after folding open of an overlap joint}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP1491105:

media888.jpg

{Thermal after-treatments}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Thermal after-treament, in general, of articles without altering their shape

B29C 71/02

{Cooling, e.g. transporting through welding and cooling zone}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Cooling

B29C 35/16

Cooling, or cooling and pressing, package closures after heat-sealing

B65B 51/32

{the coating material being in tape, strip or band form (joining using adhesive tapes covering both elements to be joined B29C 65/5042)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2010151176:

media889.jpg

media890.jpg

{Particular design of joint configurations}
Special rules of classification

In this group the possible supplementary joining material (e.g. adhesive, adhesive tapes or extra joining elements, e.g. extra riveting elements) is not taken into account for the joint configuration. The use of supplementary joining material (e.g. adhesive, adhesive tapes or extra joining elements, e.g. extra riveting elements) has to be additionally classified as such (e.g. in B29C 65/48 and subgroups, B29C 65/50 and subgroups, B29C 65/562 and subgroups or B29C 65/601 and subgroups).

{particular design of the joint cross-sections}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, B29C 66/112 (single lapped joint) and B29C 66/131 (single flanged joint), from

JP2009202894:

media891.jpg

Example 2, B29C 66/135 (single hemmed joint) and B29C 66/112 (single lapped joint), from

EP0721745:

media892.jpg

Example 3, B29C 66/135 (single hemmed joint) and B29C 66/112 (single lapped joint), from

JP8118499:

media893.jpg

{Joint cross-sections comprising a single joint-segment, i.e. one of the parts to be joined comprising a single joint-segment in the joint cross-section (B29C 66/12 and subgroups take precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 2, B29C 66/112 (single lapped joint) and B29C 66/114 (single butt joint), from

NL1028543C:

media894.jpg

Example 3, B29C 66/116 (single bevelled joint) and B29C 66/112 (single lapped joint), from

US2009307995:

media895.jpg

{Single lap to lap joints, i.e. overlap joints (B29C 66/45, B29C 66/472, B29C 66/52272 take precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP2007112127:

media896.jpg

Example 2, from

DE19813387

media897.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Overlap laser welding of metal parts

B23K 26/244

{Single butt to butt joints}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1,

from

JP2007296857:

media898.jpg

Example 2, from

JP2011008277:

media899.jpg

Example 3, from

DE19813387:

media900.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Joining sheets, plates or panels in abutting relationship, relating to finishing work on buildings

E04F 2201/01

{Single bevel to bevel joints, e.g. mitre joints}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

XP000831529:

media901.jpg

Example 2, from

XP000831529:

media902.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Welded mitre corner joints for windows, doors, or the like frames or wings

E06B 3/9608

{Single monotone curved joints}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP2011008277:

media903.jpg

{the joint being C-shaped}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP2011008277:

media904.jpg

{Joint cross-sections combining only two joint-segments, i.e. one of the parts to be joined comprising only two joint-segments in the joint cross-section (B29C 66/124 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, B29C 66/1224 (comprising at least a butt joint-segment) and B29C 66/1226 (comprising at least one bevelled joint-segment), from

JP2011008277:

media905.jpg

Example 2, B29C 66/1224 (comprising at least a butt joint-segment) and B29C 66/1222 (comprising at least a lapped joint-segment), from

DE19510493:

media906.jpg

Example 3, B29C 66/1224 (comprising at least a butt joint-segment) and B29C 66/1222 (comprising at least a lapped joint-segment), from

DE19510493:

media907.jpg

Example 4, B29C 66/1222 (comprising at least a lapped joint-segment) and B29C 66/1226 (comprising at least one bevelled joint-segment), from

WO2005095828:

media908.jpg

{the two joint-segments being bevelled, e.g. the two joint-segments forming a V}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP2011008277:

media909.jpg

{comprising at least one monotone curved joint-segment}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP2402145:

media910.jpg

{Tongue and groove joints}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE19510493:

media911.jpg

{Teardrop-like, waterdrop-like or mushroom-like interlocking undercuts}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE2645771:

media912.jpg

Example 2, from

FR2575804:

media913.jpg

Example 3, from

US3695340:

media914.jpg

{Dovetailed interlocking undercuts}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP55051527:

media915.jpg

Example 2, from

US2005067084:

media916.jpg

{being a single wall}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2005284559:

media917.jpg

{having the tongue substantially in the middle}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP11291347:

media918.jpg

{having the tongue on the side}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP2977035B1:

media919.jpg

{being asymmetric (B29C 66/12445 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

GB2314597:

media920.jpg

Example 2, from

GB2314597:

media921.jpg

{being rounded, i.e. U-shaped or C-shaped}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP7125074:

media922.jpg

{being tapered}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2005284559:

media917.jpg

{being V-shaped}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE10109594:

media924.jpg

{being asymmetric}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

GB2314597:

media925.jpg

Example 2, from

GB2314597:

media926.jpg

Example 3, from

GB2314597:

media927.jpg

{Interpenetrating groove joints (interpenetrating fingered joints B29C 66/139)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US4252849:

media928.jpg

{Tenon and mortise joints (tenons and mortises for positioning purposes B29C 65/7814)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP3254332:

media929.jpg

Example 2, from

FR2714123:

media930.jpg

{Stepped joint cross-sections}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, B29C 66/12841 (two butt joint-segments) and B29C 66/1282 (one overlap joint-segment), from

EP1935618:

media931.jpg

Example 2, B29C 66/12841 (two butt joint-segments) and B29C 66/1282 (one overlap joint-segment), from DE19718790:

media932.jpg

Example 3, B29C 66/12861 (two bevelled joint-segments) and B29C 66/1282 (one overlap joint segment), from

DE19718790:

media933.jpg

Example 4, B29C 66/12841 (two butt joint-segments) and B29C 66/1286 (one bevelled joint-segment), from

JP11291347:

media934.jpg

Example 5, B29C 66/12841 (two butt joint-segments) and B29C 66/1286 (one bevelled joint-segment), from

DE102008010384:

media935.jpg

Example 6, B29C 66/12821 (two overlap joint-segments) and B29C 66/12841 (two butt joint-segments), from

DE19510493:

media936.jpg

Example 7, B29C 66/12822 (three overlap joint-segments) and B29C 66/12841 (two butt joint-segments), from

US5160771:

media937.jpg

Example 8, B29C 66/12822 (at least three overlap joint-segments) and B29C 66/12842 (three butt joint-segments), from

US5160771:

media938.jpg

Example 9, B29C 66/12821 (two overlap joint-segments) and B29C 66/1284 (one butt joint-segment), from

GB2425337:

media939.jpg

{comprising at least three bevelled joint-segments}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

BE640458:

media940.jpg

{comprising at least two monotone curved joint-segments}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US5698358:

media941.jpg

Example 2, from

US5698358:

media942.jpg

{Single flange to flange joints, the parts to be joined being rigid (the parts to be joined being flexible B29C 66/133)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE19510493:

media943.jpg

{Fin-type joints, the parts to be joined being flexible (the parts to be joined being rigid B29C 66/1312)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO2011001528:

media944.jpg

{Single hem to hem joints}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0721745:

media945.jpg

Example 2, from

WO0228210:

media946.jpg

{Beaded-edge joints or bead seals (for sealing or securing package folds or closures B65B 51/24)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP49045179:

media947.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Making brushes by welding together bristles made e.g. of plastic materials

A46B 3/06

{the joint having the same thickness as the thickness of the parts to be joined (B29C 66/1142 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO9215817:

media948.jpg

Example 2, from

CH403537:

media949.jpg

{said joint lines being formed by a single dot or dash or by several dots or dashes, i.e. spot joining or spot welding}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP1258557:

media950.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Non-woven fabrics formed from fleeces or layers composed of fibres by welding together the fibres at spaced points or locations

D04H 1/5405

{being in the form of a sinusoidal wave (B29C 66/2272 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE9213273U:

media951.jpg

Example 2, from

EP0343629:

media952.jpg

{being in the form of a triangle wave or of a sawtooth wave, e.g. zigzagged}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

GB705303:

media953.jpg

Example 2, from

EP0343629:

media954.jpg

{being castellated, e.g. in the form of a square wave or of a rectangular wave (B29C 66/2276 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE3809907:

media955.jpg

Example 2, from

US5922162:

media956.jpg

{Teardrop-like, waterdrop-like or mushroom-like interlocking undercuts (tongue and groove joints or tenon and mortise joints comprising teardrop-like, waterdrop-like or mushroom-like interlocking undercuts B29C 66/12421)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE3809907:

media957.jpg

Example 2, from

EP1318327:

media958.jpg

{Dovetailed interlocking undercuts (tongue and groove joints or tenon and mortise joints comprising dovetailed interlocking undercuts B29C 66/12423)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE3809907:

media959.jpg

{said joint lines being multiple and parallel, i.e. the joint being formed by several parallel joint lines}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0783956:

media960.jpg

{said joint lines being in the form of tessellations}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US4265954:

media961.jpg

{being circular (B29C 66/51 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP2364836:

media962.jpg

{being oval}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2010326113:

media963.jpg

{forming a triangle}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US3667593:

media964.jpg

{forming a rectangle}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

GB2394690:

media965.jpg

{forming a square}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP60137630:

media966.jpg

{forming a specific polygon not provided for in B29C 66/24241 - B29C 66/24243}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP1516816:

media967.jpg

{said joint lines being non-straight, e.g. forming non-closed contours}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0343629:

media968.jpg

Example 2, from

JP52098783:

media969.jpg

{in the form of a single arc of circle}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0343629:

media970.jpg

Example 2, from

JP52098783:

media971.jpg

{said joint lines forming figures, e.g. animals, flowers, hearts}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP62023728:

media972.jpg

{Three-dimensional joints, i.e. the joined area being substantially non-flat (B29C 66/5223, B29C 66/5224, B29C 66/5225 take precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP2000294012:

media973.jpg

{said melt initiators being point-like}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP63023237:

media974.jpg

{said melt initiators being rib-like}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP2004202828:

media975.jpg

{said melt initiators being non-integral with the parts to be joined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0301831:

media976.jpg

{the joint involving an anchoring effect (B29C 66/341, B29C 65/56 and subgroups take precedence)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Measures or configurations in general for obtaining anchoring effects in the contact areas between layers

B29C 37/0078

{making use of protrusions belonging to at least one of the parts to be joined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

CH493325:

media977.jpg

Example 2, from

JP59127982:

media978.jpg

{making use of cavities belonging to at least one of the parts to be joined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE19523900:

media979.jpgmedia980.jpg

{making use of additional elements, e.g. meshes}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE2746544:

media981.jpg

{non-integral with the parts to be joined, e.g. making use of extra elements (B29C 65/562 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0158528:

media982.jpgmedia983.jpg

{Joining through openings in an intermediate part of the article (B29C 66/3034 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

CH644411:

media984.jpg

Example 2, from

DE4428938:

media985.jpg

{Applying a mark during joining}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP1199845:

media986.jpgmedia987.jpg

{in the form of letters}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE20212606U:

media988.jpg

{in the form of numbers}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2207812:

media989.jpg

{Providing cavities in the joined article to collect the burr}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO0147691:

media990.jpg

This group also covers providing cavities in the joined article to collect adhesive.

{Avoiding burr formation}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0415068:

media991.jpg

{on the inside of a tubular or hollow article}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO2010086164:

media992.jpg

{Shaping the burr, e.g. by the joining tool}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2003046906:

media993.jpg

{as after-treatment, e.g. by a separate tool}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0313731:

media994.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Treating the weld bead of metal tubes

B21C 37/0811

{Stretching or tensioning the joint area during joining}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2009032166:

media995.jpgmedia996.jpg

{Progressively making the joint, e.g. starting from the middle (B29C 66/8341, B29C 65/12, B29C 65/14, B29C 65/16 take precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO2011065827:

media997.jpg

{Making complete joints by combining partial joints}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP2323804:

media998.jpg

{Making joints having variable thicknesses in the joint area, e.g. by using jaws having an adapted configuration}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE102006045338:

media999.jpg

Example 2, from

EP1468914:

media1000.jpg

{by differentially heating the zones of different thickness}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP1837161:

media1001.jpg

{in the plane of the joint, e.g. along the joint line in the plane of the joint or perpendicular to the joint line in the plane of the joint}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE19624625:

media1002.jpg

{perpendicular to the plane of the joint}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2009294047:

media1003.jpg

{Avoiding melting or weakening of the zone directly next to the joint area, e.g. by cooling}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2005225991:

media1004.jpgmedia1005.jpg

{Cooling the welding zone on the welding spot}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO2010074348:

media1006.jpg

{by means placed on the side opposed to the welding tool}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US3231444:

media1007.jpg

{General aspects of joining substantially flat articles, e.g. plates, sheets or web-like materials; Making flat seams in tubular or hollow articles; Joining single elements to substantially flat surfaces}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Joining sheets or plates in general

F16B 5/00

Joining sheets or plates in general, by means of welds

F16B 5/08

{Joining a relatively small portion of the surface of said articles (B29C 66/45 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1,

from

JP2007296857:

media898.jpg

Example 1, from

JP2007112127:

media1009.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Joining sheets, plates or panels, relating to finishing work on buildings

E04F 2201/00

{Joining the articles to themselves (B29C 66/4322 and B29C 66/4332 take precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US6213184:

media1010.jpg

{for making flat seams in tubular or hollow articles, e.g. transversal seams}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE102009003029:

media1011.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Rollers for producing longitudinal and transverse seams simultaneously in package webs or tubes

B65B 51/28

Device specially adapted for producing transverse seams in package webs or tubes, e.g. for subdividing filled tubes, by applying pressure and heat

B65B 51/30

{Closing the ends of tubular or hollow single articles, e.g. closing the ends of bags (closing tube ends B29C 57/10)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Closing bags by reciprocating or oscillating members applying or generating heat or pressure or combinations thereof

B65B 51/146

{Closing the top of gable top containers (gable top containers B65D 5/067)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP9142441:

media1012.jpg

Example 2, from

EP0097984:

media1013.jpg

{Closing the ends of squeeze tubes, e.g. for toothpaste or cosmetics (producing flexible squeeze tubes by combined operations B29D 23/20; collapsible tubes B65D 35/00)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE29905766U

media1014.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Heating tube ends

B29B 13/025

Closing collapsible or resilient tubes, e.g. for tooth paste, after filling

B65B 7/14

{said flat seams being transversal but non-orthogonal with respect to the tubular or hollow articles, i.e. oblique}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE102009003029:

media1015.jpg

{for making tubular articles or closed loops, e.g. by joining several sheets (B29C 66/547 takes precedence; bending and joining sheets at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the article being formed and joining the edges B29C 53/38); for making hollow articles or hollow preforms}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2856008:

media1016.jpg

Example 2, from

DE19813387:

media1017.jpg

Example 3, from

DE19813387:

media1018.jpg

{by joining a single sheet to itself (B29C 66/4332 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP10016058:

media1019.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Tube advancing means combined with longitudinal welding devices, for enclosing successive articles, or quantities of material, in webs formed into tubes in situ around filling nozzles

B65B 9/2021

{for making closed loops, e.g. belts}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO2006003524:

media1020.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Joining belts by sewing, sticking, vulcanishing, or the like; Constructional adaptations of the belt ends for this purpose

F16G 3/10

{the joint lines being transversal but non-orthogonal with respect to the axis of said tubular articles, i.e. being oblique}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP10016058:

media1021.jpg

{Casing-in, i.e. enclosing an element between two sheets by an outlined seam (for bookbinding B42C 11/06; for packaging B65B; by laminating B32B 37/00; enclosing tubular articles between substantially flat elements B29C 66/53261)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2010037564:

media1022.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Articles or materials enclosed between two opposed sheets or blanks having their margins united, e.g. by heat-sealing or welding

B65D 75/30

Flat or ribbon cables comprising parallel wires, sandwiched between two insulating layers

H01B 7/0838

{by folding a sheet over}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP1240995:

media1023.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Articles or materials wholly enclosed in sheets or blanks doubled around contents and having their opposed free margins united, e.g. by heat-sealing or welding

B65D 75/20

{Joining substantially flat articles for forming corner connections, e.g. for making V-shaped pieces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE19748616:

media1024.jpg

{with a right angle, e.g. for making L-shaped pieces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2919819:

media1025.jpg

{Joining substantially flat articles for forming fork connections, e.g. for making Y-shaped pieces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO0216784:

media1026.jpg

{with two right angles, e.g. for making T-shaped pieces, H-shaped pieces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2919819:

media1027.jpg

Example 2, from

FR2919819:

media1028.jpg

Example 3, from

WO0216784:

media1029.jpg

{with four right angles, e.g. for making +-shaped pieces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2919819:

media1030.jpg

{Making large sheets by joining smaller ones or strips together}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP2123515:

media1031.jpg

{Joining sheets for making articles comprising cushioning or padding materials, the weld being performed through the cushioning material, e.g. car seats (joining through openings B29C 66/304)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO2009133508:

media1032.jpg

Example 2, from

WO2005097474:

media1033.jpg

Example 3, from

GB2389560:

media1034.jpg

{Joining plastics plates for making venetian blinds (making venetian blinds in general E06B 9/266)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE19753716:

media1035.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Making honeycombed structures for window coverings

B31D 3/0215

{Joining sheets for making hollow-walled, channelled structures or multi-tubular articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2929549:

media1036.jpg

Example 2, from

DE4426097:

media1037.jpg

{Joining sheets for making inflated articles without using a mould}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

CA2654675:

media1038.jpg

Example 2, from

US2008250753:

media1039.jpg

Example 3, from

US2006218880:

media1040.jpg

{Joining of substantially the whole surface of the articles (methods or apparatus for laminating B32B 37/00)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO03082548:

media1041.jpg

Example 2, from

FR2584336:

media1042.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Forming webs by bringing together several webs for manufacturing absorbent pads

A61F 13/15699

{the article having a disc form, e.g. making CDs or DVDs}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2008283192:

media1043.jpg

Example 2, from

US2009040913:

media1044.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Producing carriers of records containing fine grooves or impressions, e.g. disc records, by combined operations

B29D 17/00

Producing optically read record carriers, e.g. optical discs by combined operations

B29D 17/005

Apparatus or processes specially adapted for the manufacture of record carriers

G11B 7/26

{Joining single elements to sheets, plates or other substantially flat surfaces (B29C 66/5326 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP2005279990:

media1045.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Devices for fastening nuts to surfaces, e.g. sheets, plates, by means of welding or riveting

F16B 37/06

{said single elements being substantially flat}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP4216382:

media1046.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Devices for applying ribbons to babies' napkins, e.g. diapers

A61F 13/15593

{Fixing strips to surfaces other than edge faces (fixing strips to edge faces B29C 63/0026)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0395836:

media1047.jpg

{said single elements being appliques, e.g. in the form of a text or drawing}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP2233230:

media1048.jpg

{said single elements being spouts}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Non-integral spouts connected to a planar surface of the wall of packages, said packages comprising articles or materials enclosed in strips, sheets, blanks, tubes, or webs of flexible sheet material

B65D 75/5877

{said spouts comprising flanges}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US3231444:

media1049.jpg

{Internally supporting the, e.g. tubular, article during joining (B29C 66/63 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE2922834:

media1050.jpg

Example 2, from

EP2360007:

media1051.jpg

{using a fluid}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2007079924:

media1052.jpg

{General aspects of joining tubular articles; General aspects of joining long products, i.e. bars or profiled elements; General aspects of joining single elements to tubular articles, hollow articles or bars; General aspects of joining several hollow-preforms to form hollow or tubular articles}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Connections of rods or tubes in general

F16B 7/00

Non-disconnectable couplings for attachment of a member on a shaft or on a shaft-end involving gluing, welding or the like

F16D 1/068

{Joining tubular articles (B29C 66/53241 takes precedence)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Connecting a tube to a hub for making catheters or medical or surgical tubes

A61M 25/0014

Plastic pipe welded joints; Plastic pipe adhesive joints

F16L 47/02

{for forming coaxial connections, i.e. the tubular articles to be joined forming a zero angle relative to each other}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO9415137:

media1053.jpg

Example 2, from

US5793017:

media1054.jpg

{for forming corner connections or elbows, e.g. for making V-shaped pieces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0382971:

media1055.jpg

Example 2, from

EP0141450:

media1056.jpg

{with a right angle, e.g. for making L-shaped pieces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO9415137:

media1057.jpg

Example 2, from

EP0141450:

media1058.jpg

{for forming fork-shaped connections, e.g. for making Y-shaped pieces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO9415137:

media1059.jpg

Example 2, from

US3873391:

media1060.jpg

{with two right angles, e.g. for making T-shaped pieces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO9415137:

media1061.jpg

Example 2, from

CH398211:

media1062.jpg

Example 3, from

FR2596133:

media1063.jpg

{for forming cross-shaped connections, e.g. for making X-shaped pieces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO9415137:

media1064.jpg

{with four right angles, e.g. for making +-shaped pieces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO9415137:

media1065.jpg

Example 2, from

FR2596133:

media1066.jpg

{for forming multi-tubular articles by longitudinally joining elementary tubular articles wall-to-wall (e.g. joining the wall of a first tubular article to the wall of a second tubular article) or for forming multilayer tubular articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP2001179839:

media1067.jpg

media1068.jpg

{one tubular article being placed inside the other}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP2065168:

media1069.jpg

media1070.jpg

{concentrically, e.g. for forming multilayer tubular articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0406818:

media1071.jpg

{involving the use of a socket}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP2001050464:

media1072.jpg

{said stop being internal}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP55093411:

media1073.jpg

{said stop being external}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 2, from

JP55093411:

media1074.jpg

{said stop being heated}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE19628916:

media1075.jpg

Example 2, from

JP10281383:

media1076.jpg

Example 3, from

JP5318596:

media1077.jpg

{said socket comprising reinforcements}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE9208024U:

media1078.jpg

Example 2, from

WO0106168:

media1079.jpg

{said socket comprising sealing elements, e.g. gaskets}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP4171392:

media1080.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Sealing elements in general

F16J 15/00

{said socket comprising slip-off prevention means (B29C 66/52296 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP4171392:

media1081.jpg

media1082.jpg

Example 2, from

JP4191592:

media1083.jpg

{said socket being composed by several elements}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE19519341:

media1084.jpg

Example 2, from

JP5240394:

media1085.jpg

{for forming coaxial connections, i.e. the profiled elements to be joined forming a zero angle relative to each other}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO0189811:

media1086.jpg

{for forming corner connections, e.g. for making window frames or V-shaped pieces (welded corner joints for window frames E06B 3/9604)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP2233391:

media1087.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Welded corner joints for windows, doors, or the like frames or wings

E06B 3/9604

{with a right angle, e.g. for making L-shaped pieces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE102007055393:

media1088.jpg

{for forming fork-shaped connections, e.g. for making window frames or Y-shaped pieces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2712345:

media1089.jpg

{with two right angles, e.g. for making T-shaped pieces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE20206377U:

media1090.jpgmedia1091.jpg

Example 2, from

FR2712345:

media1092.jpg

{with four right angles, e.g. for making +-shaped pieces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US3707062:

media1093.jpg

{said spouts comprising flanges}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP1314539:

media1094.jpg

{said single elements being spouts, e.g. joining spouts to containers}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US4872935:

media1095.jpg

Example 2, from

EP1939509:

media1096.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Applying rigid valves, spouts, filling tubes to box, carton, envelope or bag

B31B 50/84, B31B 70/844

Fuel tank inlets

B60K 15/04

Applying or incorporating rigid fittings, e.g. discharge spouts, to containers or packages

B65B 61/186

Spouts for containers of polygonal cross-section, said spouts being formed separately from the container

B65D 5/746

{said spouts comprising flanges}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP63237935:

media1097.jpg

{Enclosing tubular articles between substantially flat elements}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0572187:

media1098.jpg

{Enclosing spouts between the walls of bags, e.g. of medical bags}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US5855544

media1099.jpg

media1100.jpg

{said spouts comprising wings, e.g. said spouts being of ship-like or canoe-like form to avoid leaks in the corners}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP7323478:

media1101.jpg

{Joining single elements to open ends of tubular or hollow articles or to the ends of bars}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Joining a shaft and a balloon for making balloon catheters

A61M 25/1034

{said single elements being substantially annular, i.e. of finite length, e.g. joining flanges to tube ends (B29C 66/5346 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

CH701363:

media1102.jpgmedia1103.jpg

{joining substantially flat covers and/or substantially flat bottoms to open ends of container bodies}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE8716157U:

media1104.jpg

Example 2, from

WO2010105076:

media1105.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Closing semi-rigid or rigid containers or receptacles after filling, by feeding web material to securing means and securing by heat-sealing

B65B 7/164

Closing semi-rigid or rigid containers or receptacles after filling, by applying separate preformed closures, e.g. lids, covers, securing said closures on said containers by heat-sealing

B65B 7/2878

{joining substantially flat covers and substantially flat bottoms to open ends of container bodies}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

GB998124:

media1106.jpg

{said single flat elements being provided with holes facing the tube ends, e.g. for making heat-exchangers}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2007131401:

media1107.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Heat-exchanger arrangements for sealing elements into end plates by welding, at least one of the parts being non-metallic, e.g. heat-sealing plastic elements

F28F 9/187

{Joining several hollow-preforms, e.g. half-shells, to form hollow articles, e.g. for making balls, containers; Joining several hollow-preforms, e.g. half-cylinders, to form tubular articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP2010111036:

media1108.jpg

Example 2, from

JP2009285929:

media1109.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Manufacturing and assembling intake systems, by joining multiple sections together by welding, bonding or the like

F02M 35/1036

{said substantially flat extra element being flexible, e.g. a membrane (B29C 66/5416 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2009212460:

media1110.jpg

media1111.jpg

{said substantially flat extra element being rigid, e.g. a plate (B29C 66/5416 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP2153977: media1112.jpgmedia1113.jpg

{said substantially flat extra element being perforated, e.g. a screen}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP5212795:

media1114.jpg

Example 2, from

FR2276160:

media1115.jpg

{joining more than two hollow-preforms to form said hollow articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE10216175:

media1116.jpg

Example 2, from

US2008187697:

media1117.jpg

{one hollow-preform being placed inside the other}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2009173043:

media1118.jpg

{Joining several hollow-preforms, e.g. half-cylinders, to form tubular articles, e.g. endless tubes}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE19519341:

media1119.jpg

Example 2, from

US5007666:

media1120.jpg

{for making L-shaped pieces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2328315:

media1121.jpg

Example 2, from

US5007666:

media1122.jpg

media1123.jpg

{for making fork-shaped pieces, i.e. with 3 branches, e.g. Y-shaped pieces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US5853831:

media1124.jpg

{for making T-shaped pieces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP49003836B:

media1125.jpg

Example 2, from

US5007666:

media1126.jpgmedia1127.jpg

{for making +-shaped pieces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US5007666:

media1128.jpgmedia1129.jpg

{said hollow-preforms being interconnected during their moulding process, e.g. by a hinge}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO03033286:

media1130.jpg

{sealing elements being incorporated into the joints, e.g. gaskets (B29C 66/52296 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0284899:

media1131.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Sealing elements in general

F16J 15/00

{Joining from or joining on the inside (for making tubes by bending sheets and joining from the inside B29C 53/387)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2944780:

media1132.jpg

Example 2, from

EP2253876:

media1133.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Lining of internal surfaces

B29C 63/26

{Making circumferential joints}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO2008028224:

media1134.jpg

{using a fluid}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0313732:

media1135.jpg

{using an inflatable core}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0415068:

media1136.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Inflatable cores or mandrels

B29C 33/505

Collapsible, e.g. inflatable, mandrels especially adapted for winding and joining

B29C 53/824

{using a support which remains in the joined object}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE4123383:

media1137.jpg

{with a relative motion between the article and the welding tool (B29C 65/10, B29C 65/12 take precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2006043622: media1138.jpg

Example 2, from

FR2812372:

media1139.jpg

Example 3, from

JP2003123512:

media1140.jpg

{moving the welding tool around the fixed article}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2006043622: media1141.jpg

Example 2, from

FR2812372:

media1142.jpg

{General aspects of joining filaments  (bundling articles  B65B 13/00; interconnecting successive lengths of material B65H 69/00)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP2168755:

media1143.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Making brushes by welding together bristles made of plastic materials

A46B 3/06

Securing filiform haptic to lens body

A61F 2002/1686

Methods of, or devices for, Interconnecting succesive lengths of filamentary material by welding

B65H 69/08

Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres, from fleece or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties, by welding together the fibres, e.g. by partially melting or dissolving

D04H 1/54

{characterised by the composition of the plastics material of the parts to be joined (welding bar compositions B29C 65/125)}
Special rules of classification

Combination of B29C 66/71 with the relevant composition index from B29K 2001/00 - B29K 2095/00 is compulsory.

For instance, "characterised by the composition of the plastics material of the parts to be joined being PTFE" has to be classified as: B29C 66/71; B29K 2027/18.

{Fibre-reinforced materials (B29C 66/729 takes precedence)}
Special rules of classification

Indexing with B29K 2105/06 is optional.

{characterised by the composition of the fibres}
Special rules of classification

Combination of B29C 66/7212 with the relevant reinforcement composition index from B29K 2201/00 - B29K 2311/14 is compulsory.

For instance, "characterised by the composition of the fibres being carbon" has to be classified as: B29C 66/7212; B29K 2307/04.

{Fibres of continuous length}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP1892079:

media1144.jpg

Special rules of classification

Indexing from B29K 2105/08 - B29K 2105/10 is optional

{Fibres of discontinuous lengths}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP1941987:

media1145.jpg

Special rules of classification

Indexing from B29K 2105/12 - B29K 2105/14 is optional

{being multi-layered (B29C 66/7292, B29C 66/72941 take precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP2092231:

media1146.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Layered products essentially comprising natural or synthetic rubber

B32B 25/00

Layered products essentially comprising natural or synthetic rubber comprising rubber as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of synthetic resin

B32B 25/08

Layered products essentially comprising synthetic resin

B32B 27/00

Layered products essentially comprising synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer next to another layer of synthetic resin of a different kind

B32B 27/08

Special rules of classification

Indexing with B29L 2009/00 is optional.

{consisting of metals or their alloys}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Layered products essentially comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of rubber

B32B 15/06

Layered products essentially comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of synthetic resin

B32B 15/08

{Glass}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Layered products essentially comprising glass at the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of synthetic resin

B32B 17/10

{Paper}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Layered products essentially comprising natural or synthetic rubber comprising rubber as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of paper or cardboard

B32B 25/06

Layered products essentially comprising synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer next to another layer of paper or cardboard

B32B 27/10

{Wood}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Layered products essentially comprising wood as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of synthetic resin or fibre-reinforced resin

B32B 21/08

{hollow-walled}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US6521072:

media1147.jpgmedia1148.jpg

{multi-channelled or multi-tubular (B29C 66/438, B29C 66/5227 take precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US5965238:

media1149.jpgmedia1150.jpg

{comprising honeycomb cores}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2557932:

media1151.jpg

Example 2, from

DE29713027U:

media1152.jpg

{honeycomb structures}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US6017413:

media1153.jpg

Example 2, from

WO2010071525:

media1154.jpg

{being porous, e.g. foam}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO9614201:

media1155.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Making filtering elements

B01D 29/012, B01D 29/111

Special rules of classification

Indexing with B29K 2105/04 is optional.

{Textile or other fibrous material made from plastics}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE19602575:

media1156.jpg

Example 2, from

EP1145657:

media1157.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Garment hems or seams made by welding or gluing

A41D 27/245

Joining garments or blanks by gluing or welding

A41H 43/04

Seaming textile materials

D06H 5/00

{Non woven mats, e.g. felt}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE4024252:

media1158.jpg

Example 2, from

JP2264065:

media1159.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres, from fleece or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties, by welding together the fibres, e.g. by partially melting or dissolving

D04H 1/54

{characterised by the intensive physical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the optical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the extensive physical properties of the parts to be joined, by the state of the material of the parts to be joined or by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset}
Special rules of classification

Indexing in B29K 2995/00 is optional.

{at least one of the parts to be joined being glossy or reflective}
Special rules of classification

Indexing with B29K 2995/0022&B29K 2995/003 is optional.

{at least one of the parts to be joined being opaque to visible light}
Special rules of classification

Indexing with B29K 2995/0025 is optional.

{at least one of the parts to be joined being transparent or translucent to visible light}
Special rules of classification

Indexing with B29K 2995/0026&B29K 2995/0029 is optional.

{heat-shrinkable}
Special rules of classification

Indexing with B29K 2995/0049 is optional.

{uncured, partially cured or fully cured}
Special rules of classification

Indexing with B29K 2105/24, B29K 2105/243 , B29K 2105/246 is optional.

{characterised by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset}
Special rules of classification

Joining a thermoplastic part to a thermoset part is to be classified both in B29C 66/7392 and in B29C 66/7394.

{to metals or their alloys}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Vehicle superstructures characterised by the material thereof, characterised by combining metal and synthetic material, preformed metal and synthetic material elements being joined together

B62D 29/005

Connecting arrangements or other fittings specially adapted to be made of plastics or to be used with pipes made of plastics, for joints between metal and plastic pipes

F16L 47/24

Special rules of classification

Indexing from B29K 2705/00 - B29K 2705/14 is optional.

{Transition metals or their alloys}
Definition statement

This place covers:

This group covers e.g. Titanium.

{to elements other than metals}
Special rules of classification

Indexing from B29K 2707/00 - B29K 2707/04 is optional.

{to inorganic materials not provided for in groups B29C 66/742 - B29C 66/744}
Special rules of classification

Indexing from B29K 2709/00 - B29K 2709/12 is optional.

{Glass}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2010227175:

media1160.jpg

{to natural products or their composites, not provided for in groups B29C 66/742 - B29C 66/746}
Special rules of classification

Indexing from B29K 2711/00 - B29K 2711/14 is optional.

{Wood}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO9601377:

media1161.jpg

{characterised by the composition of the material constituting the pressing elements, e.g. constituting the welding jaws or clamps}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds or cores in general, characterised by the material

B29C 33/38

Special rules of classification

Combination of B29C 66/8122 with the relevant composition index from B29K 2801/00 - B29K 2911/14 is compulsory.

For instance, "characterised by the composition of the material constituting the welding jaws being PTFE" has to be classified as: B29C 66/8122; B29K 2827/18.

{being porous or sintered}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US3311525:

media1162.jpg

{characterised by the intensive physical properties or by the optical properties of the material constituting the pressing elements, e.g. constituting the welding jaws or clamps}
Special rules of classification

Indexing in B29K 2995/00 is optional.

{Transparent to electromagnetic radiation, e.g. to visible light}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Heating or curing by wave energy or particle radiation using transparent moulds

B29C 35/0888

{being bevelled}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE19813121:

media1163.jpg

{being V-shaped}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2807392:

media1164.jpg

{and flat}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2874188:

media1165.jpg

{being convex}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

GB2305391:

media1166.jpg

Special rules of classification

N.B.: the convexity of the transverse cross-section of a roller, cylinder or drum (i.e. the cross-section transversal to its axis) is not considered to correspond to inventive subject-matter and as such is not covered by this group.

{being concave}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

GB2305391:

media1167.jpg

Example 2, from

US3367809:

media1168.jpg

Example 3, from

WO2005042232:

media1169.jpg

{being toothed, i.e. comprising several teeth or pins (comprising a single tooth B29C 66/81429), or being patterned}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US4398986:

media1170.jpg

{comprising several parallel ridges, e.g. for crimping (comprising a single ridge B29C 66/81427)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP2113371:

media1171.jpg

Example 2, from

US2010199602:

media1172.jpg

{being made of flexible slats, flexible fins, flexible bristles or springs, e.g. coiled springs}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE3912198:

media1173.jpgmedia1174.jpg

{being a fluid inflatable bag or bladder, a diaphragm or a vacuum bag for applying isostatic pressure (inflatable element positioned between the joining tool and a backing-up part B29C 66/82421)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO2010069599:

media1175.jpgmedia1176.jpgmedia1177.jpgmedia1178.jpg

Example 2, from

EP1306196:

media1179.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Bags for isostatic pressing, for compression moulding

B29C 43/3642

Applying pressure through the wall of an inflated bag or diaphragm, for thermoforming

B29C 51/28

Lining or sheathing using sheet or web-like material applied by "rubber" bag or diaphragm

B29C 63/16

Devices for gluing soles on shoe bottoms using flexible diaphragm pressing devices

A43D 25/07

Pressing means in the form of a flexible element, e.g. diaphragm, urged by fluid pressure

B30B 5/02

Vacuum pressing, for laminating

B32B 37/1018

{comprising a block or layer of deformable material, e.g. sponge, foam, rubber (pressing elements supported or backed-up by resilient material B29C 66/8161)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP1027981:

media1180.jpg

Example 2, from

US3830681:

media1181.jpg

{being a filled deformable bladder, e.g. bladder filled with oil, with granules or with a meltable solid material (B29C 66/81455 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2806116:

media1182.jpg

{being multi-lamellar or segmented, i.e. comprising a plurality of strips, plates or stacked elements}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP2286986:

media1183.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Vice jaws being composed of a plurality of parts adapting to the shape of the workpiece, the parts having a linear movement

B25B 1/2421

{one placed behind the other in a single row in the feed direction}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP1061228:

media1184.jpg

{arranged in an offset pattern}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2010116409:

media1185.jpg

Example 2, from

WO9828123:

media1186.jpg

{one placed next to the other in a single line transverse to the feed direction, e.g. shoulder to shoulder sonotrodes}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2010116409:

media1187.jpg

{said pressing elements being supported or backed-up by springs or by resilient material}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP1410988:

media1188.jpg

{by resilient material}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE3236164:

media1189.jpg

{Self-aligning to the joining plane, e.g. mounted on a ball and socket}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE19540119:

media1190.jpg

Example 2, from

FR2829962:

media1191.jpg

{Carrier plates for mounting joining tool parts, e.g. for re-arranging the tool parts to make other forms}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE20019000U:

media1192.jpg

Example 2, from

GB885309:

media1193.jpg

Example 3, from

FR1310917:

media1194.jpg

{Quick change joining tools or surfaces}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE20317289U:

media1195.jpg

Example 2, from

US5421923:

media1196.jpg

Example 3, from

US3426951:

media1197.jpg

{of the welding jaws}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

GB952042:

media1198.jpg

{the welding jaws being cooled from the outside, e.g. by blowing a gas or spraying a liquid}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP6008330:

media1199.jpg

Example 2, from

US4426244:

media1200.jpg

{of the clamps}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2330518:

media1201.jpg

{of the welding jaws}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR1098132:

media1202.jpg

{Pinion or rack mechanisms}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO9738905:

media1203.jpg

{Worm or spindle mechanisms}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE4241974:

media1204.jpg

{Chain or sprocket drives}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US6308493:

media1205.jpg

{Crank mechanisms}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE4425207:

media1206.jpg

Example 1, from

DE4425207:

media1207.jpg

{Cam mechanisms; Wedges; Eccentric mechanisms}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP2002144434:

media1208.jpg

{Wedges}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0344137:

media1209.jpg

Example 2, from

DE102008004880:

media1210.jpg

{Follower pin or roller cooperating with a groove}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0368095:

media1211.jpg

{Eccentric mechanisms}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2338858:

media1212.jpg

{using springs}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

media1213.jpgmedia1214.jpg

{Pneumatic or hydraulic drives (using fluid pressure directly acting on the parts to be joined B29C 66/8266)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE29917831U:

media1215.jpgmedia1216.jpg

Example 2, from

DE10024036:

media1217.jpg

{using an inflatable element positioned between the joining tool and a backing-up part}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

media1218.jpg

WO9208613

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Presses characterised by an elastic bag or diaphragm expanded by fluid pressure

B30B 1/003

Presses using a fluid connecting unit between drive shaft and press ram

B30B 1/265

{Pressure application by weights (by the own weight of the joining tool B29C 66/8282)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US4247273:

media1219.jpg

{using "pressure means" which are associated with at least one of the parts to be joined and remain in or on it}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP2159037:

media1220.jpg

{using the thermal expansion of the parts to be joined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2535337:

media1221.jpg

{using fluid pressure directly acting on the parts to be joined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE19715779:

media1222.jpg

Example 2, from

EP1167021:

media1223.jpg

{by means of vacuum}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE19715779:

media1224.jpgmedia1225.jpg

{Reciprocating joining or pressing tools (B29C 66/834 takes precedence)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Applying or generating heat by reciprocating members for sealing package folds or closures

B65B 51/14

Device specially adapted for producing transverse or longitudinal seams in webs or tubes, by applying pressure and heat, reciprocating along only one axis

B65B 51/303

{cooperating reciprocating tools, each tool reciprocating along one axis}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO2008146160:

media1226.jpg

Example 2, from

WO03080447:

media1227.jpg

{Joining or pressing tools pivoting around one axis (scissor or lever transmission mechanisms B29C 66/8221; tools self-aligning to the joining plane B29C 66/8163)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2198872:

media1228.jpg

{cooperating pivoting tools}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR1015971:

media1229.jpg

Example 2, from

FR2732264:

media1230.jpg

{moving with the parts to be joined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, B29C 66/83411 (roller, cylinder or drum types) and B29C 66/83511 (jaws mounted on rollers, cylinders or drums), from

US6454890:

media1231.jpg

Example 2, B29C 66/83541 (flying jaws) and B29C 66/83421 (band or belt types), from

US3692608:

media1232.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Ultrasonic welding of metals using a roller

B23K 20/103

Applying or generating heat by rotary members for sealing package folds or closures

B65B 51/16

Applying or generating heat by endless bands or chains for sealing package folds or closures

B65B 51/18

Rollers for producing longitudinal and transverse seams simultaneously in package webs or tubes

B65B 51/28

Counter-rotating devices for producing transverse or longitudinal seams in package webs or tubes by applying pressure and heat

B65B 51/306

Heated rollers for induction heating

H05B 6/145

{cooperating rollers, cylinders or drums}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE2259203:

media1233.jpg

Example 2, from

JP2006027671:

media1234.jpgmedia1235.jpg

Example 3, from

US6454890:

media1236.jpg

{the contact angle between said rollers, cylinders or drums and said parts to be joined being a non-zero angle (B29C 66/83433 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2003010439:

media1237.jpg

{said rollers, cylinders or drums being hollow}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US3059690:

media1238.jpg

{band or belt types (B29C 66/83431 takes precedence)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Devices for, or methods of, sealing or securing package folds or closures, by applying or generating heat by endless bands

B65B 51/18

{cooperating bands or belts}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US4411310:

media1239.jpg

{rollers, cylinders or drums cooperating with bands or belts}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO2006087224:

media1240.jpg

{the contact angle between said rollers, cylinders or drums and said bands or belts being a non-zero angle}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2003010439:

media1241.jpg

{said rollers, cylinders or drums being hollow}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 2, from

LU41236:

media1242.jpg

{Ball types}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR1264171:

media1243.jpg

{jaws mounted on rollers, cylinders or drums}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

FR2953200:

media1244.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Rollers for producing longitudinal and transverse seams simultaneously in package webs or tubes

B65B 51/28

{cooperating jaws mounted on rollers, cylinders or drums and moving in a closed path}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP61142105:

media1245.jpg

Example 2, from

JP2006027671:

media1246.jpgmedia1247.jpg

{jaws mounted on bands or belts}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO03097341:

media1248.jpg

{Cooperating jaws mounted on cooperating bands or belts and moving in a closed path}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP1442984:

media1249.jpg

Example 2, from

WO0026010:

media1250.jpg

{Cooperating jaws mounted on cooperating chains and moving in a closed path}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE4314637:

media1251.jpg

Example 2, from

EP1234772:

media1252.jpg

{cooperating flying jaws}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP0915015:

media1253.jpg

{Moving relative to and tangentially to the parts to be joined, e.g. transversely to the displacement of the parts to be joined, e.g. using a X-Y table (B29C 66/65 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP58042049:

media1254.jpg

Example 2, from

WO2011065827:

media1255.jpg

Example 3, from

JP2000272612:

media1256.jpg

{Rollers, cylinders or drums moving relative to and tangentially to the parts to be joined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP58042049:

media1257.jpg

{Machines or tools adaptable for making articles of different dimensions or shapes or for making joints of different dimensions}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Arrangements to enable machines to produce packages of different sizes

B65B 59/00

{of different diameter}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE2654342:

media1258.jpg

Example 2, from

NL7802257:

media1259.jpg

{Machines for making separate joints at the same time in different planes; Machines for making separate joints at the same time mounted in parallel or in series}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE19938100:

media1260.jpg

Example 2, from

EP1837163:

media1261.jpgmedia1262.jpg

media1263.jpgmedia1264.jpg

{Machines for making separate joints at the same time mounted in parallel or in series}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

GB1189906:

media1265.jpg

Example 2, from

US4158584:

media1266.jpg

{C-clamp type or sewing machine type}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2583709:

media1267.jpg

Example 2, from

JP3126529:

media1268.jpg

Example 3, from

GB2062538:

media1269.jpg

Example 4, from

DE2055127:

media1270.jpg

Example 5, from

US2003010439:

media1271.jpg

{Drilling standard machine type}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JP61189925:

media1272.jpg

{Packaging machines}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

CH373305:

media1273.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Machines, apparatus or devices for, or methods of, packaging articles or materials, in general

B65B

{welding through a filled container, e.g. tube or bag}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE1511540:

media1274.jpg

Example 2, from

WO2011001528:

media1275.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Subdividing filled tubes to form two or more packages by sealing involving displacement of contents

B65B 9/12

{Bag or container making machines}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Making boxes, cartons, envelopes, or bags, in general

B31B

{Bag making machines}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

CA1196848:

media1276.jpg

{Machines for changing web rolls or filaments, e.g. for joining a replacement web to an expiring web}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP2204274:

media1277.jpg

media1278.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Changing web rolls in general, by attaching, e.g. pasting, the replacement web to the expiring web

B65H 19/18

{Belt splicing machines}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US4376668:

media1279.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Apparatus or tools for joining belts in general

F16G 3/003

Joining belts by sewing, sticking, vulcanising, or the like

F16G 3/10

{Medical tube welding machines}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO0062820:

media1280.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Medical tube connectors, for connecting tubes having sealed ends, by cutting and welding

A61M 39/146

{Hand-held tools}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

TW467845B:

media1281.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Hand tools in general

B25

Hand tools for securing ends of binding material by welding, or heat-sealing or by applying adhesive

B65B 13/327

Devices for, or methods of, sealing or securing package folds or closures, by applying or generating heat by reciprocating or oscillating hand-operated members

B65B 51/148

{Ironing tool type}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2008115885:

media1282.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Irons for laying carpeting by using hot-melt adhesives

A47G 27/0443

Hand irons

D06F 75/00

{Tongs, pincers or scissors}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US2003127177:

media1283.jpg

{Pen or pencil like}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

media1284.jpg

media1285.jpg

{Robotised, e.g. mounted on a robot arm}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP2255952:

media1286.jpg

Example 2, from

EP2006066:

media1287.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Manipulators in general

B25J

{being pushed by hand or being self-propelling}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE202008008145U:

media1288.jpg

{being self-propelling}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US4913772:

media1289.jpg

{the traction being made on the seam}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE9317104U: media1290.jpg

{by rails}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Exampel 1, from

EP1464471:

media1291.jpg

{by the edge of one of the parts to be joined or by a groove between the parts to be joined, e.g. using a roller}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US3080910:

media1292.jpg

Example 2, from

DE29713474U: media1293.jpg

Example 3, from

EP0787572:

media1294.jpgmedia1295.jpg

{Starting or stopping procedures}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Trouble-shooting during starting or stopping moulding or shaping apparatus

B29C 37/0096

{Safety measures or devices}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Safety-devices for packaging machines

B65B 57/005

Safety devices specially designed for welding in general

F16P 1/06

{for operators (B29C 66/002 takes precedence)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Masks, shields or hoods for welders

A61F 9/06

{involving the use of warnings}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Audible or visible alarm signals for packaging machines

B65B 57/18

{by measuring the temperature}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Measuring temperature

G01K

{involving measurement means being part of the welding jaws, e.g. integrated in the welding jaws}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1 (to be also classified in B29C 66/91231), from

JP2002104311:

media1296.jpg

{enabling contactless temperature measurements, e.g. using a pyrometer}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1 (to be also classified in B29C 66/91221), from

WO2006042251:

media1297.jpg

Example 2 (to be also classified in B29C 66/91231), from

EP2216167:

media1298.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Radiation pyrometry

G01J 5/00

{using colour change, e.g. using separate colour indicators}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Measuring temperature using change of colour or translucency

G01K 11/12

{of the parts to be joined}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP1225028:

media1299.jpg

Example 2, from

WO0181070:

media1300.jpg

{of the joining tool}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1 (to be also classified by B29C 66/91212), from

JP2002104311:

media1301.jpg

Example 2 (to be also classified by B29C 66/91216), from

EP2216167: media1302.jpg

{by measuring the heat or the thermal flux, i.e. the heat flux}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Measuring quantity of heat

G01K 17/00

{by controlling or regulating the temperature}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Heat seal temperature control of devices for, or method of, sealing or securing package folds or closures by applying or generating heat

B65B 2051/105

{using joining tools having different temperature zones or using several joining tools with different temperatures}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO9706205:

media1303.jpg

{by steps}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

EP2018088:

media1304.jpg

{following a heat-time profile (B29C 65/38 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

US5561964:

media1305.jpg

{by steps}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

DE19545317:

media1306.jpg

{by controlling or regulating the voltage, i.e. the electric potential difference or electric tension}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

JPH0581103U:

media1307.jpg

{by controlling or regulating the current intensity}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Example 1, from

WO9516557:

media1308.jpg

{higher than said fusion temperature}
Special rules of classification

Documents merely stating that the welding occurs above the melting temperature of the parts to be joined do not belong to this class.

Documents specifying the welding temperature by giving actual values, e.g. absolute or in relation to the melting temperature, do belong to this class

Shaping techniques not covered by groups B29C 39/00 - B29C 65/00, B29C 70/00 or B29C 73/00
Definition statement

This place covers:

e.g. plants for moulding, curing or finishing articles, e.g. disposable plants, plants mounted on vehicles; e.g. lay-out of plants or machines, e.g. arrangement, sequence or exchange of machines, machine parts or tools not otherwise provided for; e.g. modular plants or machines, i.e. plants or machines build up from modular parts

Combinations of shaping techniques not provided for in a single one of main groups B29C 39/00 - B29C 67/00, e.g. associations of moulding and joining techniques; Apparatus therefore {(B29C 48/001 takes precedence)}
Relationships with other classification places

The group B29C 69/00 and it subgroups cover combination(s) of shaping techniques not otherwise provided for in B29C, where the invention lies in the combination of techniques - not in the single technique as such - and wherein the invention is related to a shaping problem.

Documents not relating to a shaping problem do not belong to this group. For instance, documents relating to combined operations for making a particular article, which involves a mere combination of moulding steps, but failing to relate to a moulding problem as such, do not belong to this group; such documents do belong to the relevant B29D entry, if such entry exists, and if not then to the relevant product/article entry.

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Injection moulding combined with a final shaping operation

B29C 45/0053

Extrusion moulding combined with other shaping operations

B29C 48/001

Auxiliary operations prior to blow moulding

B29C 49/4252

Auxiliary operations after blow moulding

B29C 49/4273

Auxiliary operations prior to thermoforming

B29C 51/264

Auxiliary operations after thermoforming

B29C 51/266

{making articles by joining parts moulded in separate cavities, said parts being in said separate cavities during said joining (B29C 45/006, B29C 51/267 take precedence)}
Relationships with other classification places

Documents classified in this group relate to a joining problem. Documents not relating to a joining problem do not belong to this group. For instance, documents relating to combined operations for making a particular article, which involves a mere combination of the step of moulding parts in separate cavities and the step of joining said parts, but failing to relate to a joining problem as such, do not belong to this group; such documents do belong to the relevant B29D entry, if such entry exists, and if not then to the relevant product/article entry.

{cutting-off or cutting-out a part of a strip-like or sheet-like material, transferring that part and fixing it to an article (if labeling see B65C, in combination with box-making B31B 50/81; labelling in general B65C)}
Relationships with other classification places

Documents classified in this group relate to a joining problem. Documents not relating to a joining problem do not belong to this group. For instance, documents relating to combined operations for making a particular article, which involves a mere combination of the step of cutting-off or cutting-out a part of a strip-like or sheet-like material, the step of transferring said part and the step of fixing said part to an article, but failing to relate to a joining problem as such, do not belong to this group; such documents do belong to the relevant B29D entry, if such entry exists, and if not then to the relevant product/article entry.

Shaping composites, i.e. plastics material comprising reinforcements, fillers or preformed parts, e.g. inserts
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Nanotechnology for materials or surface science, e.g. nanocomposites

B82Y 30/00

Fibre reinforced ceramics

C04B 35/80

Carbon-Carbon composites

C04B 35/83

Chemical aspects of manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances

C08J 5/00

Alloys containing metallic or non-metallic fibres or filaments

C22C 49/00

Testing of composites

G01N 25/72

CAD/CAM

G06F 30/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms or expressions are used with the meaning indicated:

Fibre or fiber

General expression for a reinforcement in the form of a bundle of filaments.

Filament

Single reinforcing body of high aspect ratio, typically produced artificially by pressing a fluid through a small diameter orifice (spinneret) and allowing the fluid to solidify after leaving the spinneret and being subjected to cooling, drying or a chemical reaction. The filament can also come from a natural source (single filament of a plant or animal fibre).

Roving

Bundle of fibres or collection of a large number of filaments resulting in a bundle of substantially higher cross section than that of a single fibre.

Whisker

Typically a short length filament.

comprising combinations of reinforcements, {e.g. non-specified reinforcements, fibrous reinforcing inserts} and fillers, {e.g. particulate fillers}, incorporated in matrix material, forming one or more layers and with or without non-reinforced or non-filled layers {(combinations of fibrous reinforcement only B29C 70/04; combinations of fillers only B29C 70/58; combinations with non reinforcing inserts, e.g. foam blocks, B29C 70/68)}
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Shaping composites of combinations of different types of fibres

B29C 70/08

Further details of subgroups

Reinforcing inserts, e.g. bars, profiles, local reinforcements other than fibrous

combinations of fibrous reinforcements and filler

comprising reinforcements only, e.g. self-reinforcing plastics
Definition statement

This place covers:

heating and fusing of thermoplastic fibres or high aspect ratio elements with high molecular orientation, without the use of a matrix material or with matrix material of the same thermoplastic material as the fibres, yielding a plastic product with anisotropic properties.

Example: heating and compressing of HDPE or PP fibres.

Fibrous reinforcements only
Definition statement

This place covers:

This is not a subgroup of self reinforced plastics unlike the title of B29C 70/04 suggests.

This is in fact the head group of fibre reinforced polymers where there is a distinct fibrous reinforcement and a polymer matrix material.

Special rules of classification

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/081:

media1319.png

EP2112192

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/083:

media1320.png

media1320.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/085:

media1322.png

{and with one or more layers of pure plastics material, e.g. foam layers (applying a non-preformed coating, e.g. a gel-coat, B29C 37/0025; with foam blocks B29C 70/86)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Use of gel coats

B29C 37/0032

Special rules of classification

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/086

media1323.png

characterised by the structure of fibrous reinforcements {, e.g. hollow fibres}
Definition statement

This place covers:

technical details of a filaments or fibres, e.g. by cross sectional shape, surface treatment, molecular orientation

media1324.jpg

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Reinforcement yarns or threads for specific use in general industrial applications

D02G 3/447

using fibres of short length, e.g. in the form of a mat {(non-woven fabrics per se D04H 1/00)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

fibrous structures. Note that polymers containing short fibres without mutual connection are not considered fibrous structures and B29C 70/00. If the short fibres are connected, e.g. by bonding, it is considered a fibrous structure.

Relationships with other classification places

Use of short fibres as additive to a polymer are to be classified in the specific moulding technique. e.g. B29C 45/0005 (injection moulding using fibre reinforcements), B29C 48/0011 (extrusion moulding using fibre reinforcements)

media1325.jpg

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents, the following abbreviations are often used:

Mat

non-woven

oriented
Definition statement

This place covers:

use of short fibres which are not randomly oriented:

media1326.jpgmedia1327.jpg

in the form of a mat, e.g. sheet moulding compound [SMC]
Definition statement

This place covers:

Sheet Molding Compound

SMC is a combination of chopped strands and filled resin in the form of a sheet. Processing SMC by compression molding produces bodywork or structural automotive components and electrical or electronic machine housings in large industrial volumes. The process is also used for other products such as sanitary ware (baths) and urban furniture (stadium and cinema seating). TheSMC contains all the components needed to mould the final part (resin, reinforcement, filler, catalyst, low profile additives, etc.) in a malleable and non-tacky sheet. SMC is made from chopped strands sandwiched between two layers of film, onto which the resin paste has already been applied. The SMC passes through a compaction system that ensures complete strand impregnation before being wound into rolls. These are stored for a few days before molding to allow the prepreg to thicken to a moldable viscosity.

media1328.png

oriented in a single direction, e.g. roofing or other parallel fibres {(B29C 70/083, B29C 70/226 take precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Examples:

unidirectional prepregs, moulding compounds with unidirectional fibres. media1329.png

Special rules of classification

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/202

media1330.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/205

media1331.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/207

media1332.png

oriented in at least two directions forming a two dimensional structure {(woven fabrics per se D03D; knitted fabrics per se D04D; braid per se D04C)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

Illustrative examples of subject matter classified in this group:

Typical fabric structures: media1333.jpg

media1334.png

Braid

Special rules of classification

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/222

media1335.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/224

media1336.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/226

media1337.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/228

media1338.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/24

media1339.jpg

media1340.jpg

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/26

media1341.png

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms or expressions are used with the meaning indicated:

Warp

collection of fibres in a fabric in the lengthwise machine directionFill

Tex

indication of the linear weight of a roving, fibre or yarn, 1 Tex = 1 gram/kilometer

Weft or woof fibres

in the transverse direction of the warp fibres, these fibres are shot between warp fibres during the weaving process.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents, the following abbreviations are often used:

Weft = Woof

Fill fibres

Shaping by lay-up, i.e. applying fibres, tape or broadsheet on a mould, former or core; Shaping by spray-up, i.e. spraying of fibres on a mould, former or core
Definition statement

This place covers:

B29C 70/30 deals with lay-up specific details. Lay-up is the positioning of reinforcements in or on a mould, former, core or substrate taking into account the anisotropy of the material.

Example: the specific lay-up in terms of sequence and or fibre orientation of fibrous reinforcing layers prior to a moulding process.

References
Application-oriented references

Examples of places where the subject matter of this place is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Producing fibrous preforms for subsequent moulding

B29B 11/16

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Specific details of the moulding process

B29C 70/40 - B29C 70/56

Special rules of classification

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/305media1497.png

on a rotating mould, former or core
Definition statement

This place covers:

Winding of fibres reinforcements where the layup of the winding is of importance.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Shaping by helically winding

B29C 53/58

Special rules of classification

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/323

media1343.pngEP0198744

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/326

media1344.png

and shaping or impregnating by compression {, i.e. combined with compressing after the lay-up operation}
Definition statement

This place covers:

moulding where the layup of the reinforcements (i.e. orientation, position, fibre type) is of importance and the moulding technique has no particular relevance.

Special rules of classification

Moulding using isostatic pressing means, e.g. using vacuum bag, silicone core, expanding bags or balloons to apply moulding pressure.

moulding where the composite material is moulded by 'hard' or 'stiff' moulding surfaces (e.g. a male and a female metal mould)

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/347

media1345.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/382

media1346.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/384

media1347.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/386

media1348.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/388

media1349.png

Shaping or impregnating by compression (B29C 70/34 takes precedence){not applied}
Definition statement

This place covers:

B29C 70/40 up to and including B29C 70/56 deals with moulding specific details

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Lay-up specific details

B29C 70/30

using isostatic pressure, e.g. pressure difference-moulding, vacuum bag-moulding, autoclave-moulding or expanding rubber-moulding
Relationships with other classification places

media1350.png

{and impregnating by vacuum or injection}
Special rules of classification

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/443

media1351.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/446

media1352.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/46

media1353.png

GB2453308

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/462

media1354.png

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents, the following abbreviations are often used:

RTM

resin transfer moulding

CIRTM

co-injection RTM

VI

vacuum infusion

DRDF

double resin infusion under flexible tooling

LRI

liquid resin infusion

MVI

modified vacuum infusion

RFI

resin film infusion

RIRM

resin injection recirculation moulding

SCRIMP

Seeman Composites Resin Infusion Moulding Process

VAIM

vacuum assisted injection moulding

VAP

vacuum assisted processing

VARI

vacuum assisted resin injection system

VARIM

vacuum assisted resin injection moulding

V(A)RTM

vacuum (assisted) resin transfer moulding

VIM

vacuum infusion moulding

VIMP

vacuum infusion moulding process

VM/RTM light

a hybrid RIFT/RTM

VIP

vacuum infusion process

{and impregnating by melting a solid material, e.g. sheets, powders of fibres}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Impregnating per se

B29B 15/105 - B29B 15/14

Vitreous materials in general

D21H 13/40

Special rules of classification

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C79/46B:

media1355.png

{and impregnating the reinforcements during mould closing (B29C 70/465 takes precedence)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Impregnating of fibrous material per se

B29B 15/105 - B29B 15/14

Special rules of classification

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C79/46C:

media1356.png

and impregnating the reinforcements in the closed mould, e.g. resin transfer moulding [RTM] {, e.g. by vacuum}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Impregnating of fibrous reinforcement per se

B29B 15/105 - B29B 15/14

Special rules of classification

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C79/48:

media1357.png

for producing articles of indefinite length, e.g. prepregs, sheet moulding compounds [SMC] or cross moulding compounds [XMC]
Special rules of classification

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C79/50:

media1358.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/502:

media1359.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/504:

media1360.png

{and impregnating by melting a solid material, e.g. sheet, powder, fibres (B29C 70/508 takes precedence)}
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Pulp or paper, comprising vitreous materials

D21H 13/40

Pultrusion, i.e. forming and compressing by continuously pulling through a die
Definition statement

This place covers:

Continuous fibres or fibrous structures are pulled with matrix material through a die.

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Extrusion moulding compounds comprising short fibres which are pressed through a die

B29C 48/0011

Special rules of classification

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/521:

media1361.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/522:

media1362.png

{and impregnating the reinforcement in the die}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Impregnating per se

B29B 15/14 - B29B 15/105

Special rules of classification

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

media1363.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/524:

media1364.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/526:

media1365.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/527:

media1366.png

{Heating or cooling}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Heating, cooling during moulding in general

B29C 35/00

Component parts, details or accessories; Auxiliary operations {, e.g. feeding or storage of prepregs or SMC after impregnation or during ageing}
Definition statement

This place covers:

All details and auxiliary operations related to shaping of composites consisting of reinforcements only, e.g. sensing means to control curing, impregnation, positioning reinforcements in a mould, perforating, cutting or machining during or after moulding.

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Releasing articles from moulds or removal of cores

B29C 33/44 - B29C 33/54

Heating and curing during moulding in general

B29C 35/00

Using release agents

B29C 37/0067

Pre-treatment, e.g. impregnation, of reinforcements

B29B 15/08

Testing

G01N

Special rules of classification

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/541:

media1498.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/542: media1499.png

Documents that teach, e.g. local stitching, bonding, or curing to avoid fibrous reinforcement from misaligning during moulding belong here.

If a document teaches mechanical post treatment that would be obvious to one of ordinary skill in the art, such as deburring, sanding or removal of mould flash, the document should not be classified here. A document should be classified here only if the process teaches treatment that is not obvious to one of ordinary skill in the art, and is taught as part of the invention or as indispensable for the moulding method presented.

{Measures for feeding or distributing the matrix material in the reinforcing structure}
Definition statement

This place covers:

methods to improve impregnation of fibrous material, e.g. by modifying surface tension or viscosity of moulding materials (e.g. by heating) and thereby reducing void content of the moulded composite material

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Impregnating of fibrous material per se

B29B 15/105 - B29B 15/14

Special rules of classification

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/547:

After curing of the resin, the channels remain in the product.

Porous layers can be peeled off if they are separated from the product by a peel ply or perforated film. media1369.jpg

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/548:

media1370.png

Tensioning reinforcements before or during shaping
Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods and apparatuses to apply tension on fibrous reinforcement before or during moulding. Fibrous reinforcements in their dry state are often crimped (not straight) and mechanical properties (tensile and compressive strength and modulus) suffer. Predominantly used to improve the straightness of fibres and thereby impart improved mechanical properties.

comprising fillers only {, e.g. particles, powder, beads, flakes, spheres (B29C 70/025 takes precedence, agglomerating hollow spheres to produce synthetic foam B29C 70/66; compounding ingredients per se C08K)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Moulds from resin bonded particles

B29C 33/3807

Special rules of classification

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/585:

media1371.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/60:

media1372.pngEP11003063

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/603:

media1373.png

FR2703623

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/606:

media1374.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/62:

media1375.png

FR2850634

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/64:

media1376.png

the filler comprising hollow constituents, e.g. syntactic foam
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Making or treating expandable particles

B29C 44/3461

Special rules of classification

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/66:

media1377.pngEP1502726 EP

by incorporating or moulding on preformed parts, e.g. inserts or layers {, e.g. foam blocks (mould constructions therefor B29C 33/12; joining preformed parts by moulding B29C 65/70)}
Relationships with other classification places

Positioning inserts in moulds

B29C 33/12 - B29C 33/18

Casting around inserts

B29C 39/18

Coating a mould with inserts

B29C 41/30

Compression moulding with inserts

B29C 43/18

Foaming with inserts

B29C 44/12 - B29C 44/16

Injection moulding with inserts

B29C 45/14

Extrusion moulding with inserts

B29C 48/15

Blow moulding with labels

B29C 49/24 - B29C 49/26

{Preformed parts characterised by their structure, e.g. form}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Measures or configurations for obtaining anchoring effects in the contact areas between layers by mechanical anchoring

B29C 37/0078

Measures or configurations for obtaining anchoring effects in the contact areas between layers by means of openings in the layers

B29C 37/0082

Special rules of classification

Mainly to improve bonding with the plastic material in which it is embedded

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/685:

media1378.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/686:

media1379.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/687:

media1380.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/688:

media1381.png

Completely encapsulating inserts {(B29C 70/86 takes precedence)}
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Reinforced encapsulating material (e.g. by fibres)

B29C 70/865

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Joining by foaming:

B29C 44/1223- B29C 44/1247

Special rules of classification

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/70:

media1382.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/72:

media1383.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/74:

media1384.pngGB2197849

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/742:

media1385.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/745:

media1386.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/747:

media1387.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/763:

media1388.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/766:

media1389.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/78:

media1390.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/80:

media1391.pngEP0021691

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/82:

media1392.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/84:

media1393.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/845:

media1394.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/882:

media1395.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/885:

media1396.png

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in B29C 70/887:

media1397.png

After-treatment of articles without altering their shape; Apparatus therefor (B29C 44/56, B29C 73/00 take precedence; surface shaping B29C 59/00 {; for joined or sealed parts B29C 66/03; after-treatment specially adapted for vulcanising tyres B29D 30/0633})
Definition statement

This place covers:

After-treatment of articles without altering their shape e.g. extracting undesirable components (unreacted monomers, solvents) from articles e.g. using vacuum or gases, supercritical fluid; absorbing ingredients (drugs, flavourings) in the wall of articles.

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

After-treatment of articles shaped by internal pressure generated in the material

B29C 44/56

Surface shaping, e.g. embossing

B29C 59/00

Repairing of articles

B29C 73/00

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances

C08J 7/00

{using liquids, e.g. solvents, swelling agents (spectacle cases, e.g. for cleaning contact lenses A45C 11/04; disinfecting or sterilising contact lenses A61L 12/00, using liquid substances A61L 2/20; cleaning involving the use of liquid in general B08B 3/00; for hydrating contact lenses B29D 11/00067)}
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Cleaning by methods involving the use or presence of liquid or steam, cleaning involving contact with liquid

B08B 3/04

Cleaning by liquid gases or supercritical fluids

B08B 7/0021

Producing contact lenses; hydrating contact lenses

B29D 11/00067

Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances; with solvents, e.g. swelling agents

C08J 7/02

{for changing crystallisation}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Producing flat articles; films or sheets

B29D 7/01

Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances; manufacture of films or sheets

C08J 5/18

{for changing orientation}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Heating or cooling the stream of extruded material

B29C 48/88

Producing flat articles; films or sheets

B29D 7/01

Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances; manufacture of films or sheets

C08J 5/18

{using gases without chemical reaction (C08J 7/12 takes precedence; in combination with blow-moulding B29C 49/46; surface treatment using plasma B29C 59/14, ionised gas B29C 59/16)}
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Cleaning by liquid gases or supercritical fluids

B08B 7/0021

Thermal after-treatment {(B29C 71/0063 and B29C 71/0072 take precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

annealing, i.e. reducing or eliminating tensions; quenching; tempering; stabilisation against shrinkage (by reducing tensions)

References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Heating or cooling the stream of extruded material

B29C 48/88

Processes for manufacturing semi-permeable membranes; after-treatment of organic or inorganic membranes; thermal after-treatment

B01D 67/0083

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Producing flat articles; films or sheets

B29D 7/01

Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances; manufacture of films or sheets

C08J 5/18

by wave energy or particle radiation {, e.g. for curing or vulcanising preformed articles (during moulding, e.g. in a mould B29C 35/08)}
References
Limiting references

This place does not cover:

Processes of treating or compounding macromolecular substances; treatment by wave energy or particle radiation

C08J 3/28

Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances; chemical modification; treatment by wave energy or particle radiation

C08J 7/123

Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits; etching the insulating substrate by plasma etching

H05K 3/0041

Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects using physical phenomena; radiation

A61L 2/08

Irradiation devices

G21K 5/00

Repairing of articles made from plastics or substances in a plastic state, e.g. of articles shaped or produced by using techniques covered by this subclass or subclass B29D ({linings for tyres acting locally B60C 5/142;} retreading tyres B29D 30/54; devices for covering leaks in pipes or hoses F16L 55/16)
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Sieving, screening; repairing of screening surfaces

B07B 1/4627

Repairing fractures or cracked metal parts or products, e.g. castings

B23P 6/04

Rebuilding ships, e.g. increasing tonnage

B63B 83/00

Designing, manufacturing, assembling, cleaning, maintaining, or repairing aircraft

B64F 5/40

Materials for sealing or packing joints or covers

C09K 3/10

Blades, blades-carrying members; repairing methods or devices

F01D 5/005

using liquid or paste-like material (B29C 73/16 takes precedence)
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1398.jpg

media1399.jpg

media1400.jpg

media1401.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Repairing damaged coatings

B05D 5/005

{fed under pressure}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1402.png

media1403.png

media1404.png

media1405.png

media1406.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass; repairing layered products containing glass and synthetic resin layers (e.g. windshields)

B32B 17/10963

using preformed elements
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1407.png

media1408.png

media1409.png

using plugs sealing in the hole
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1410.png

media1411.png

media1412.png

media1413.png

media1414.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Devices for recovering leaks in pipes or hoses; by means of a plug

F16L 55/1612

{expandable}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1415.png

media1416.png

{by mechanical means provided on the plug}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1417.png

media1418.png

media1419.png

Apparatus therefor, e.g. for inserting
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1420.png

media1421.png

media1422.png

using patches sealing on the surface of the article (B29C 73/14 takes precedence)
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1423.png

media1424.pngmedia1425.png

media1426.png

media1427.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Designing, manufacturing, assembling, cleaning, maintaining, or repairing aircraft

B64F 5/40

Working measures on existing buildings; repairing, e.g. filling cracks

E04G 23/02

Working measures on existing buildings; repairing, e.g. filling cracks; arrangements for filling cracks or cavities in building constructions

E04G 23/0203

Repairing or joining pipes on or under water

F16L 1/26

Devices for recovering leaks in pipes or hoses

F16L 55/16

Devices for recovering leaks in pipes or hoses; from outside the pipe

F16L 55/168

Devices for recovering leaks in pipes or hoses; from outside the pipe; by means of a parch which is fixed on the wall of the pipe by means of an adhesive, a weld or the like

F16L 55/1683

{provided with a centering element}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1428.png

media1429.png

media1430.png

Apparatus therefor, e.g. for applying (B29C 73/30 takes precedence)
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1431.png

media1432.png

media1433.png

media1434.png

using elements composed of two parts joined together after having been placed one on each side of the article
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1435.pngmedia1436.png

media1437.png

media1438.png

Auto-repairing or self-sealing arrangements or agents {(incorporating auto-repairing or self-sealing arrangements or agents on or into tyres B29D 30/0685)}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Producing pneumatic or solid tyres; retreading

B29D 30/54

Tyres characterised by the chemical composition or the physical arrangement or mixture of the composition; composition of the inner liner

B60C 1/0008

Inflatable pneumatic tyres; without separate inflatable inserts; with impervious liner or coating on the inner wall of the tyre

B60C 5/14

Linings therefor acting locally

B60C 5/142

Tyres parts or constructions; puncture preventing arragements

B60C 19/12

Tyres parts or constructions; puncture preventing arragements; disposed between the inner chamber and the tyre

B60C 19/122

Tyres parts or constructions; puncture preventing arragements; disposed removable on the tyre

B60C 19/125

{Sealing compositions or agents, e.g. combined with propellant agents}
References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Tyres parts or constructions; puncture preventing arragements

B60C 19/12

Tyres parts or constructions; puncture preventing arragements; disposed between the inner chamber and the tyre

B60C 19/122

Tyres parts or constructions; puncture preventing arragements; disposed removable on the tyre

B60C 19/125

Materials for stopping leaks, e.g. in radiators, in tanks

C09K 3/12

{Devices or methods for introducing sealing compositions into articles}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1439.png

media1440.png

media1441.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Arrangements for tyre-inflating valves to tyres or rims; accessories for tyre-inflating valves; for filling a tyre with, or removing from a tyre, particular materials, e.g. liquids

B60C 29/062

Servicing, maintaining, repairing or refitting of vehicles; supplyingair for tyre inflation

B60S 5/04

Characterised by the inflation control means or the drive of the air pressure system

B60S 5/043

Using electrical or electronical means

B60S 5/046

the article material itself being self-sealing, e.g. by compression
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1442.png

media1443.png

media1444.png

the article material only consisting in part of a deformable sealing material
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1445.png

media1446.png

media1447.png

media1448.pngmedia1449.png

the article containing elements including a sealing composition, e.g. powder being liberated when the article is damaged
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1450.png

media1451.png

media1452.png

media1453.png

for mechanical pretreatment
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1454.png

media1455.png

for clamping and stretching flexible material, e.g. inner tubes
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1456.png

media1457.png

for local pressing or local heating
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1458.pngmedia1459.png

media1460.png

media1461.png

{specially adapted for toroidal articles, e.g. tyres (B29C 73/325 takes precedence)}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1462.png

media1463.png

media1464.png

References
Informative references

Attention is drawn to the following places, which may be of interest for search:

Tools for repairing damaged tyres

B60C 25/16

using an elastic element, e.g. inflatable bag
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1465.png

media1466.pngmedia1467.png

{specially adapted for toroidal articles, e.g. tyres}
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1468.png

media1469.png

media1470.png

for local heating
Definition statement

This place covers:

media1471.png

media1472.png

media1473.png